]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
lisp/ldefs-boot.el: Update for the 24.5 release
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21710 25077 669662 508000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21788 61018
69 ;;;;;; 575424 873000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21710 25077
89 ;;;;;; 676662 476000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21788 61018
100 ;;;;;; 575424 873000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21788 61018 636424
112 ;;;;;; 907000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21710 25077
242 ;;;;;; 508663 225000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21710 25077 464663 422000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21710 25077 466663 413000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21788
841 ;;;;;; 61018 408424 778000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21788 61018 535424
900 ;;;;;; 850000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21710 25077 670662
922 ;;;;;; 503000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21710 25077 466663
955 ;;;;;; 413000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21710
982 ;;;;;; 25077 676662 476000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21788 61018 415424
1019 ;;;;;; 782000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21788 61018 409424
1041 ;;;;;; 778000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21788 61018 409424
1157 ;;;;;; 778000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21710 25077 467663 408000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21781 3670
1249 ;;;;;; 716209 743000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21710 25077
1456 ;;;;;; 677662 472000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21788
1484 ;;;;;; 61018 479424 818000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21710 25077 467663
1497 ;;;;;; 408000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21710 25077
1558 ;;;;;; 677662 472000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21788 61018 409424
1569 ;;;;;; 778000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21788
1608 ;;;;;; 61018 442424 797000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21788 61018 409424
1658 ;;;;;; 778000))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1670
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1700
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1741
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743
1744 ;;;***
1745 \f
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21710 25077 467663 408000))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1779
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1781
1782 ;;;***
1783 \f
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21710 25077
1785 ;;;;;; 677662 472000))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1787
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1789
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1792
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1796
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1798
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1800
1801 ;;;***
1802 \f
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21788 61018 410424
1804 ;;;;;; 779000))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1807
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1812
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1814
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1821
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1823
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1829
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1834
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1836
1837 ;;;***
1838 \f
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21710
1840 ;;;;;; 25077 509663 221000))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1842
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1851
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1853
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1855
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1861
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1863
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1865
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1871
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1873
1874 ;;;***
1875 \f
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21788 61018
1877 ;;;;;; 623424 900000))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1879
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1889
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1893
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1895
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1898
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1900
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1905
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1911
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1914
1915
1916 Special information:
1917
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1919
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1931
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1940
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1942
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1946
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1948
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1950
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1963
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1965
1966 ;;;***
1967 \f
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 722662 271000))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1971
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1974
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1976
1977 ;;;***
1978 \f
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21710 25077 600662
1980 ;;;;;; 815000))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1982
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1985
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1989
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1991
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1994
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1996
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1999
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2001
2002 ;;;***
2003 \f
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21710 25077
2005 ;;;;;; 670662 503000))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2007
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2011
2012 What is blackbox?
2013
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2020
2021 Overview of play:
2022
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2026
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2029
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2032
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2035
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2042
2043 Details:
2044
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2046
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2051
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2055
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2059
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2062
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2070
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2073
2074 1
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2083 2 3
2084
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2087
2088
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2097
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2105
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2107
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2119
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2121
2122 ;;;***
2123 \f
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21788 61018 410424
2125 ;;;;;; 779000))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2130
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2138
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2142
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2149
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2153
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2159
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2163
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2172
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2177
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2180
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2184
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2189
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2194
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2198
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2200
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2203
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2206
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2208
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2210
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2215
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2219
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2223
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2225
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2229
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2234
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2239
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2246
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2252
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2254
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2260
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2266
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2271
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2280
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2287
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2291
2292 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2293
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2299
2300 \(fn)" t nil)
2301
2302 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2303
2304 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305
2306 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2307 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2308
2309 \(fn)" t nil)
2310
2311 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2312
2313 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2314
2315 ;;;***
2316 \f
2317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21788 61018
2318 ;;;;;; 536424 851000))
2319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2320
2321 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2322 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2323 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2324 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2325
2326 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2327 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2328 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2329 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2331
2332 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2333
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2336 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2337 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2338 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2339 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2340
2341 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2342
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2345 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2346 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2347 narrowed.
2348
2349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2350
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2352 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2353
2354 \(fn)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2358
2359 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2360
2361 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2364 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2366 first, if that exists.
2367
2368 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2369
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2372 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2373 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2374
2375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2379 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2380 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2381 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 to use.
2383
2384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2387 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2388 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2389 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2397
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2400 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2401 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2404 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2405 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2406
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2416
2417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2418 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2419 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2420 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2423 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2424 new tab in an existing window instead.
2425
2426 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2427 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2433 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2434 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2435
2436 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2437 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2438 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439
2440 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2441 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2442 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2443
2444 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2445 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446
2447 On MS Windows, this ignores `browse-url-new-window-flag' and
2448 `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab', as well as the NEW-WINDOW argument.
2449 It always uses a new window.
2450
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2456 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2457 Chromium.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2464 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2465
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2472 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2473 new tab in an existing window instead.
2474
2475 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2476 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2482
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2488 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2489
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2492 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2493 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499
2500 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2502
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2504 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2505 program is invoked according to the variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2507
2508 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2509 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2510 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2511 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512
2513 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2514 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515
2516 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2517
2518 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2519 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2520 Default to the URL around or before point.
2521
2522 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2523 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2524 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2525
2526 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2527 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2528 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2529 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2530
2531 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2532 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539
2540 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2541 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2542 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2545 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546
2547 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2551 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2552 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2553
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2558 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2559 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2560 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2561 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2570
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2573 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2574 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2580
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2582 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2583 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2584 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2585 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2586 current one.
2587
2588 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2589 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2590 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2592
2593 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2594 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2597
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2600 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2601 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2602 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2603 don't offer a form of remote control.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point.
2610
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around the point.
2616
2617 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2618 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2619
2620 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2621 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2622
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624
2625 ;;;***
2626 \f
2627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21788 61018 410424 779000))
2628 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2629 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2630
2631 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2632 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2633 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2634 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2635
2636 \(fn)" t nil)
2637
2638 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2639 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2640 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2641 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642
2643 \(fn)" t nil)
2644
2645 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2646 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2647
2648 \(fn)" t nil)
2649
2650 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2651 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2652 \\<bs-mode-map>
2653 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2654 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2655 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2656 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2657
2658 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2659 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2660 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2661 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2662 name of buffer configuration.
2663
2664 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2665
2666 ;;;***
2667 \f
2668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21788 61018 570424
2669 ;;;;;; 870000))
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2671
2672 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2673 Play Bubbles game.
2674 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2675 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2676 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2677 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2678 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2679 columns on its right towards the left.
2680
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2684 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2685
2686 \(fn)" t nil)
2687
2688 ;;;***
2689 \f
2690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2691 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 677662 472000))
2692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2693
2694 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2695
2696 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2697 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2701
2702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2703
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2706
2707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2708
2709 ;;;***
2710 \f
2711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21788
2712 ;;;;;; 61018 445424 799000))
2713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2714 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717
2718 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2719
2720 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2721 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2722 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2723 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2724 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2725 else the global value will be modified.
2726
2727 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2728
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2732 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2735
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2739 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2740 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2741
2742 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2743
2744 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2746 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748
2749 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2750 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2751 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2752 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2753 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2754 before scanning it.
2755
2756 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2757 that already has a `.elc' file.
2758
2759 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2760 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2761
2762 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2763 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2764 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2765 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2766 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2767 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2768
2769 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2770
2771 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2773 Print the result in the echo area.
2774 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2775
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2779 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2780 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2781
2782 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2783
2784 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2785 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2786 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2787 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2788 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2789 all functions called by those functions.
2790
2791 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2792 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2793 cons, etc.).
2794
2795 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2796 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2797 invoked interactively.
2798
2799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2800
2801 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2802 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2803 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2804 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2805
2806 \(fn)" nil nil)
2807
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2809 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2813 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2814 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2815 already up-to-date.
2816
2817 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2818
2819 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2820 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2821 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2822 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2823
2824 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2825 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2826 and corresponding effects.
2827
2828 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2829
2830 ;;;***
2831 \f
2832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21788
2833 ;;;;;; 61018 415424 782000))
2834 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2835
2836 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2837
2838 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2839
2840 ;;;***
2841 \f
2842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21788 61018
2843 ;;;;;; 415424 782000))
2844 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2845
2846 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2847
2848 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 ;;;***
2853 \f
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21788
2855 ;;;;;; 61018 416424 782000))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2857
2858 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2859 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2860 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2861 from the cursor position.
2862
2863 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2864
2865 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2866
2867 ;;;***
2868 \f
2869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21788 61018 414424 781000))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2871 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2872
2873 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2874 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2875
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2877
2878 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2879 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2880
2881 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2882
2883 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2890
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2895 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2896 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2897
2898 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2902 This is most useful in the X window system.
2903 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2904 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2905
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 See calc-keypad for details.
2911
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2915 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2916
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2918
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2920 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2925 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2926
2927 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2930 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2931 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2932
2933 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2934
2935 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2936 Define Calc function.
2937
2938 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2939 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2940 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2941
2942 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2943 actual Lisp function name.
2944
2945 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2946
2947 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2948
2949 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2950
2951 ;;;***
2952 \f
2953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21710 25077
2954 ;;;;;; 475663 372000))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2956
2957 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2958
2959
2960 \(fn N)" t nil)
2961
2962 ;;;***
2963 \f
2964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21788 61018 415424
2965 ;;;;;; 782000))
2966 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2967
2968 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2969 Run the Emacs calculator.
2970 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2971
2972 \(fn)" t nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21788 61018
2977 ;;;;;; 417424 783000))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2979
2980 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2981 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2982 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2983 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2984 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2985 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2986
2987 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2988 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2989 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2990 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2991 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2992 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2993 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2994 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2995 window.
2996
2997 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2998 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2999
3000 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3001 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3002 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3003 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3004 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3005 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3006
3007 Runs the following hooks:
3008
3009 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3010 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3011 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3012 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3013
3014 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3015
3016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3017
3018 ;;;***
3019 \f
3020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21710 25077 549663
3021 ;;;;;; 43000))
3022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3023
3024 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3025 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3026
3027 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3028
3029 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3030 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3031 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3032 it fails.
3033
3034 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3035
3036 ;;;***
3037 \f
3038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21788
3039 ;;;;;; 61018 575424 873000))
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3041
3042 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3043 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3045 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3046 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3047
3048 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3049 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3050 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3051 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3052 restriction to ASCII.
3053
3054 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3055
3056 capitalizedWorDD
3057 ^ ^ ^^
3058
3059 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3060 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3061 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3062
3063 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3064 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3065 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3066 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3067 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3068 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3069 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3070
3071 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3072 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3073
3074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3075
3076 ;;;***
3077 \f
3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21788
3079 ;;;;;; 61018 580424 875000))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3081
3082 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3083 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3084
3085 \(fn)" nil nil)
3086
3087 ;;;***
3088 \f
3089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21788 61018
3090 ;;;;;; 582424 877000))
3091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3092
3093 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3094 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3095
3096 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3097 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3098
3099 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3101
3102 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3103
3104 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3105 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3106 made from scratch.
3107
3108 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3109
3110 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3111 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3112
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3116
3117 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3121
3122 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3123
3124 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3125 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3126 made from scratch.
3127
3128 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3129
3130 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3131 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3132
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3135 made from scratch.
3136
3137 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3138
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3141
3142 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143
3144 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3145 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3146 made from scratch.
3147
3148 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149
3150 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3151 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3152
3153 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3154 variables are guessed:
3155
3156 * `c-basic-offset', and
3157 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3158 `c-offsets-alist'.
3159
3160 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3161 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3162
3163 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3164 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3165
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3168 guess is made from scratch.
3169
3170 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3171 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3172
3173 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3174
3175 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3176 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3177 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3178 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3179
3180 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3181 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3182 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3183
3184 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3185
3186 ;;;***
3187 \f
3188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21793 5616
3189 ;;;;;; 770619 164000))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3191
3192 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3193 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3194 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3195 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3196 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3197 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3198 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3199
3200 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3206 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3209
3210 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3211 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3212 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3213 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3214 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3215 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3216
3217 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3218
3219 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3220 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3221
3222 Key bindings:
3223 \\{c-mode-map}
3224
3225 \(fn)" t nil)
3226
3227 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3228 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3229 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3230 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3231 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3232 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3233 message.
3234
3235 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3236
3237 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3238 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3239
3240 Key bindings:
3241 \\{c++-mode-map}
3242
3243 \(fn)" t nil)
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3245
3246 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3248 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3249 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3250 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3251 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3252 message.
3253
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3255
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3258
3259 Key bindings:
3260 \\{objc-mode-map}
3261
3262 \(fn)" t nil)
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3264
3265 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Java code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3268 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3272
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3277
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{java-mode-map}
3280
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3283
3284 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3287 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3291
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3296
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{idl-mode-map}
3299
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3301 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3303
3304 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3305 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3306 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3307 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3308 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3309 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3310 message.
3311
3312 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3313
3314 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3315 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3316
3317 Key bindings:
3318 \\{pike-mode-map}
3319
3320 \(fn)" t nil)
3321 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3323 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3324 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3325 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3326
3327 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3328 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3329 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3330 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3331 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3332 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3333
3334 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3335
3336 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3337 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3338
3339 Key bindings:
3340 \\{awk-mode-map}
3341
3342 \(fn)" t nil)
3343
3344 ;;;***
3345 \f
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21788
3347 ;;;;;; 61018 585424 878000))
3348 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3349
3350 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3351 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3352 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3353 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3354
3355 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3356
3357 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3358 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3359 might get set too.
3360
3361 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3362 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3363 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3364 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3365 in this way.
3366
3367 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3368 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3369 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3370 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3371 a null operation.
3372
3373 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3374
3375 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3376 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3377 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3378 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3379
3380 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3381
3382 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3383 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3384 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3385
3386 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3387
3388 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3389 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3390 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3391 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3392 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3393
3394 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3395
3396 ;;;***
3397 \f
3398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21788 61018
3399 ;;;;;; 586424 879000))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3401 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3402 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3403 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3404
3405 ;;;***
3406 \f
3407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21788 61018 512424
3408 ;;;;;; 837000))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3410
3411 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3412 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3413
3414 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3415
3416 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3417 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3418
3419 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3420
3421 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3422 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3423
3424 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3425 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3426 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3427 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3428 execution.
3429
3430 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3431
3432 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3433
3434 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3435 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3436
3437 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3438 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3439 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3440 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3441
3442 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3443 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3444 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3445 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3446 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3447 `write' commands.
3448
3449 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3450 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3451 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3453
3454 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3455 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3456 semantics.
3457
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3459
3460 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3461
3462 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3463
3464 STATEMENT :=
3465 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3466 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3467
3468 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3469 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3470 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3471 | integer
3472
3473 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3474
3475 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3476 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3477 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3478
3479 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3480 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3481 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3482
3483 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3484 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3485
3486 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3487 BREAK := (break)
3488
3489 REPEAT :=
3490 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3491 (repeat)
3492 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3493 ;; (repeat))
3494 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3495 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3496 ;; (read REG)
3497 ;; (repeat))
3498 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3499 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3500 ;; (read REG)
3501 ;; (repeat))
3502 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3503
3504 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3505 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3506 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3507 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3508 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3509 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3510 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3511 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3512 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3513 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3514 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3515 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3516 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3517 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3518 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3519 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3520
3521 WRITE :=
3522 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3523 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3524 ;; representation.
3525 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3526 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3527 ;; (write r7))
3528 | (write EXPRESSION)
3529 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3530 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3531 ;; representation.
3532 | (write integer)
3533 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3534 ;; buffer.
3535 | (write string)
3536 ;; Same as: (write string)
3537 | string
3538 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3539 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3540 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3541 ;; representation.
3542 | (write REG ARRAY)
3543 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3544 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3545 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3546 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3547 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3548 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3549
3550 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3551 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3552
3553 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3554 END := (end)
3555
3556 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3557 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3558 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3559
3560 ARG := REG | integer
3561
3562 OPERATOR :=
3563 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3564 + | - | * | / | %
3565
3566 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3567 | & | `|' | ^
3568
3569 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3570 | << | >>
3571
3572 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3573 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3574 | <8
3575
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3578 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3579 | >8
3580
3581 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3582 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3583 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3584 | //
3585
3586 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3587 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3588
3589 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3590 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3592 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3593 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3594 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3595 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3596 | de-sjis
3597
3598 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3599 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3600 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3601 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3602 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3603 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3604 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3605 ;; byte of SJIS.
3606 | en-sjis
3607
3608 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3609 ;; Same meaning as C code
3610 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3611
3612 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3613 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3614 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3615 | <8=
3616
3617 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3618 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3619 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3620
3621 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3622 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3623 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3624 | //=
3625
3626 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3627
3628
3629 TRANSLATE :=
3630 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3631 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3632 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3633 LOOKUP :=
3634 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3635 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3636 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3637 MAP :=
3638 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3639 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3640 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3641 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3642 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3643 MAP-ID := integer
3644
3645 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3646
3647 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3648
3649 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3650 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3651 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3652 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3653 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3654 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3655
3656 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3657
3658 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3659 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3660 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3661
3662 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3663
3664 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3665
3666 ;;;***
3667 \f
3668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21788 61018
3669 ;;;;;; 446424 799000))
3670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3671
3672 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3673 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3674 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3675 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3676
3677 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3678
3679 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3680
3681 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3682 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3683
3684 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3685
3686 ;;;***
3687 \f
3688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21710 25077 484663
3689 ;;;;;; 333000))
3690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3691 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3692
3693 ;;;***
3694 \f
3695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21788 61018
3696 ;;;;;; 586424 879000))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3698 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3699
3700 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3701 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3702 There are no special keybindings by default.
3703
3704 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3705 to the action header.
3706
3707 \(fn)" t nil)
3708
3709 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3710 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3711 There are no special keybindings by default.
3712
3713 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3714 to the action header.
3715
3716 \(fn)" t nil)
3717
3718 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3719 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3720 on the buffer contents
3721
3722 \(fn)" nil nil)
3723
3724 ;;;***
3725 \f
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21788 61018
3727 ;;;;;; 446424 799000))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3729 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3730
3731 ;;;***
3732 \f
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3734 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 446424 799000))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3736
3737 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3738 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3739 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3740
3741 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3742
3743 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3744 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3745 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3746
3747 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3748
3749 ;;;***
3750 \f
3751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21788
3752 ;;;;;; 61018 446424 799000))
3753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3754 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3755 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3763
3764 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3765
3766
3767 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3768 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3770
3771 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3772 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3773 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3774 the users will view as each check is completed.
3775
3776 \(fn)" t nil)
3777
3778 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3779 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3780 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3781 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3782 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3783 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3784 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3785 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3786
3787 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3788
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3791 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3792 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3793 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3794 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3795 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3796 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3797
3798 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3799
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3801 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3802 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3803 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3804 spacing are all verified.
3805
3806 \(fn)" t nil)
3807
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3809 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3810 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3811 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3812 otherwise stop after the first error.
3813
3814 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3815
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3817 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3818 Only documentation strings are checked.
3819 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3820 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3821 a separate buffer.
3822
3823 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3824
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3826 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3827 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3828 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3829 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3830
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3832
3833 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3834 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3835 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3836 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3837 if there is one.
3838
3839 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3840
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3842 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3843 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3844 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3845 if there is one.
3846 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3847
3848 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3849
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3851 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3852 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3853
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3857 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3858 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3859 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3860 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3861
3862 \(fn)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3865 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3866 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3867 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3868 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3869 space at the end of each line.
3870
3871 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3872
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3874 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3875 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3876 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3877
3878 \(fn)" t nil)
3879
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3881 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3882 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3883 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3884
3885 \(fn)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3888 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3889 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3890 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3891
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3896 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3898
3899 \(fn)" t nil)
3900
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3905
3906 \(fn)" t nil)
3907
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3912
3913 \(fn)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3919
3920 \(fn)" t nil)
3921
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3926
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3928
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3933
3934 \(fn)" t nil)
3935
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3937 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3938 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3939 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3940 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3941
3942 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3943 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3944 checking of documentation strings.
3945
3946 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3947
3948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3949
3950 ;;;***
3951 \f
3952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21710
3953 ;;;;;; 25077 586662 878000))
3954 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3955
3956 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3957 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3958 Return the length of resulting text.
3959
3960 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3963 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3964
3965 \(fn)" t nil)
3966
3967 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3968 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3969 Return the length of resulting text.
3970
3971 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3972
3973 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3974 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3975
3976 \(fn)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3979
3980
3981 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3982
3983 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3984
3985
3986 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3987
3988 ;;;***
3989 \f
3990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21710 25077 500663
3991 ;;;;;; 261000))
3992 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3993
3994 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3995 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3996 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3997 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3998 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3999 editing and the result is evaluated.
4000
4001 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4002
4003 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4004 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4005 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4006 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4007 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4008
4009 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4010
4011 \(fn)" t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4014 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4015 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4016 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4017 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4018
4019 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4020 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4021 \\{command-history-map}
4022
4023 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4024 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4025
4026 \(fn)" t nil)
4027
4028 ;;;***
4029 \f
4030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21788
4031 ;;;;;; 61018 447424 800000))
4032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4033
4034 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4035 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4036 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4037 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4038 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4039 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4040 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4041 of this function.
4042
4043 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4044 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4045 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4046 property are:
4047
4048 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4049 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4050
4051 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4052 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4053 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4054 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4055 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4056 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4057 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4058 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4059 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4060 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4061 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4062 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4063
4064 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4065 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4066 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4067
4068 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4069 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4070 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4071 list elements are:
4072
4073 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4074
4075 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4076
4077 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4078
4079 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4080 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4081
4082 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4083 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4084
4085 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4086 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4087 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4088 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4089 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4090 value specified by their associated list element.
4091
4092 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4093
4094 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4095 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4096 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4097
4098 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4099 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4100 * indent the first argument by 4.
4101 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4102 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4103 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4104
4105 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4106
4107 ;;;***
4108 \f
4109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21788 61018
4110 ;;;;;; 447424 800000))
4111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4112 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4113
4114 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4115
4116 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4117 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4118 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4119 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4120 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4121 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4122
4123 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4124 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4125
4126 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4127
4128 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4129
4130 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4131
4132 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4133
4134 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4135
4136 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4137
4138 ;;;***
4139 \f
4140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21710 25077
4141 ;;;;;; 683662 445000))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4143
4144 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4145 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4146 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4147 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4148
4149 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4150 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4151 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4152 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4153
4154 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4155 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4156
4157 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4158
4159 ;;;***
4160 \f
4161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21710 25077 500663
4162 ;;;;;; 261000))
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4164
4165 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4166 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4167 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4168 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4169 of `scheme-program-name').
4170 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4171 it is given as initial input.
4172 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4173 discards input when it starts up.
4174 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4175 is run).
4176 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4177
4178 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4179
4180 ;;;***
4181 \f
4182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21710 25077 500663 261000))
4183 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4184
4185 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4186 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4187 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4188 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4189
4190 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4191 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4192
4193 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4194 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4195 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4196
4197 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4198
4199 ;;;***
4200 \f
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21788 61018 435424 793000))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4203
4204 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4205 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4206 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4207 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4208 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4209 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4210 functions have already modified the buffer.
4211
4212 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4213
4214 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4215 either globally or locally.")
4216
4217 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4218 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4219 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4220 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4221
4222 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4223 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4224 `start-file-process'
4225 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4226 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4227 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4228
4229 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4230 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4231
4232 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4233
4234 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4235
4236 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4237
4238 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4239 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4240 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4241 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4242 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4243 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4244 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4245 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4246 process as its initial input.
4247
4248 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4249
4250 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4251
4252 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4253
4254 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4255 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4256 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4257 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4258 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4259 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4260
4261 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4262
4263 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4264 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4265 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4266 directory tracking functions.")
4267
4268 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4269 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4270 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4271
4272 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4273
4274 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4275
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4278 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4279
4280 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4281
4282 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4283
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to current process.
4286 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4287 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4288
4289 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4290
4291 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4292 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4293 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4294 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4295
4296 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4297
4298 ;;;***
4299 \f
4300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21788 61018
4301 ;;;;;; 636424 907000))
4302 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4303
4304 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4305 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4306 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4307 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4308
4309 This command pushes the mark in each window
4310 at the prior location of point in that window.
4311 If both windows display the same buffer,
4312 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4313 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4314
4315 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4316 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4317 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4318 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4319 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4320 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4321 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4322 ignored.
4323
4324 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4325 this command work in interlaced mode:
4326 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4327 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4328 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4329
4330 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4331
4332 ;;;***
4333 \f
4334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21788 61018
4335 ;;;;;; 587424 879000))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4337
4338 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4339 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4340
4341 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4342
4343 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4344 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4345 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4346
4347 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4348
4349 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4350 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4351 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4352
4353 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4354
4355 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4356 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4357 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4358 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4359 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4360
4361 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4362 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4363 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4364 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4365 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4366
4367 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4368 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4369 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4370 describing how the process finished.")
4371
4372 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4373 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4374 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4375 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4376 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4377
4378 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4379 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4380 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4381
4382 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4383
4384 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4385 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4386 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4387 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4388
4389 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4390
4391 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4392 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4393
4394 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4395 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4396
4397 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4398 (lambda ()
4399 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4400 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4401 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4402 (concat \"make -k \"
4403 (if buffer-file-name
4404 (shell-quote-argument
4405 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4406
4407 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4408 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4409
4410 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4411 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4412 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4413 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4414
4415 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4416
4417 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4418 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4419 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4420 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4421
4422 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4423 and move to the source code that caused it.
4424
4425 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4426 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4427
4428 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4429 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4430 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4431 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4432 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4433
4434 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4435 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4436 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4437 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4438
4439 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4440 kills its subprocesses.
4441
4442 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4443 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4444 to a function that generates a unique name.
4445
4446 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4447
4448 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4449 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4450 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4451 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4452
4453 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4454 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4455
4456 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4457 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4458 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4459 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4460
4461 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4462 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4463 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4464
4465 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4466
4467 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4468
4469 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4470 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4471 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4472 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4473 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4474
4475 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4476
4477 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4478
4479 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4480
4481 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4482
4483 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4484 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4485 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4486 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4487 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4488
4489 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4490 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4491 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4492 See `compilation-mode'.
4493
4494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4495
4496 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4497 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4498 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4499 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4500 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4501
4502 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4503 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4504 `compilation-mode'.
4505
4506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4507
4508 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4509 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4510 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4511
4512 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4513
4514 ;;;***
4515 \f
4516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21788 61018 436424
4517 ;;;;;; 794000))
4518 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4519
4520 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4521 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4522 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4524 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4525 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4526
4527 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4528
4529 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4530 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4532 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4533 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4534
4535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4536
4537 ;;;***
4538 \f
4539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21788
4540 ;;;;;; 61018 623424 900000))
4541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4542
4543 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4544 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4545 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4546 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4547 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4548 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4549 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4550
4551 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4552 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4553 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4554
4555 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4556 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4557 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4558
4559 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4560 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4561 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4562 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4563
4564 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4565 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4566 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4567 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4568 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4569 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4570 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4571
4572 \\{conf-mode-map}
4573
4574 \(fn)" t nil)
4575
4576 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4577 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4578 Comments start with `#'.
4579 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4580
4581 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4582
4583 \[Desktop Entry]
4584 Encoding=UTF-8
4585 Name=The GIMP
4586 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4587 Name[cs]=GIMP
4588
4589 \(fn)" t nil)
4590
4591 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4592 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4593 Comments start with `;'.
4594 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4595
4596 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4597
4598 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4599 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4600 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4601
4602 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4603 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4604
4605 \(fn)" t nil)
4606
4607 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4608 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4609 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4610 between `/*' and `*/'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4612
4613 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4614 // another kind of comment
4615 /* yet another */
4616
4617 name:value
4618 name=value
4619 name value
4620 x.1 =
4621 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4622 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4623
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4625
4626 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4628 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4629 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4630 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4631 `conf-space-keywords'.
4632 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4633 in an interactive fashion instead.
4634
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4636
4637 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4638
4639 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4640 image/png png
4641 image/tiff tiff tif
4642
4643 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4644 class desktop
4645 # Standard multimedia devices
4646 add /dev/audio desktop
4647 add /dev/mixer desktop
4648
4649 \(fn)" t nil)
4650
4651 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4652 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4653 See `conf-space-mode'.
4654
4655 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4656
4657 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4658 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4659 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4660 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4661
4662 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4663
4664 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4665 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4666
4667 \(fn)" t nil)
4668
4669 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4670 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4671 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4672 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4673
4674 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4675
4676 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4677 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4678
4679 \(fn)" t nil)
4680
4681 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4682 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4683 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4684 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4685
4686 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4687
4688 *background: gray99
4689 *foreground: black
4690
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4692
4693 ;;;***
4694 \f
4695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21710 25077 670662
4696 ;;;;;; 503000))
4697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4698
4699 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4700 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4701 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4702 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4703 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4704 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4705
4706 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4707
4708 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4709 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4710 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4711 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4712
4713 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4714
4715 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4716 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4717 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4718 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4719
4720 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4721
4722 ;;;***
4723 \f
4724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21710
4725 ;;;;;; 25077 513663 203000))
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4727 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4728 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4729 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4730
4731 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4732 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4733 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4734 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4735 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4736 following the copyright are updated as well.
4737 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4738 interactively.
4739
4740 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4741
4742 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4743 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4744 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4745 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4746 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4747
4748 \(fn)" t nil)
4749
4750 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4751 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4752
4753 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4754
4755 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4756 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4757 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4758
4759 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4760
4761 ;;;***
4762 \f
4763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21788
4764 ;;;;;; 61018 588424 880000))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4766 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4767 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4768 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4769 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4770 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4771 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4772 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4773
4774 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4775 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4776 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4777 Tab indents for Perl code.
4778 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4779 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4780
4781 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4782 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4783 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4784 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4785 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4786 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4787 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4788 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4789 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4790 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4791 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4792 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4793
4794 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4795
4796 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4797 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4798
4799 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4800
4801 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4802 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4803 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4804 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4805 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4806 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4807 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4808 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4809 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4810
4811 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4812
4813 bite if angry;
4814
4815 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4816 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4817 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4818 to nil.)
4819
4820 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4821 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4822 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4823
4824 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4825
4826 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4827 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4828 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4829 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4830 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4831
4832 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4833
4834 if (A) { B }
4835
4836 into
4837
4838 B if A;
4839
4840 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4841
4842 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4843 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4844 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4845 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4846 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4847 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4848 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4849 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4850 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4851 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4852 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4853 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4854 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4855
4856 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4857 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4858 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4859 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4860 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4861 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4862
4863 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4864 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4865 man via menu.
4866
4867 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4868 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4869 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4870 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4871 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4872
4873 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4874 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4875 span the needed amount of lines.
4876
4877 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4878 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4879 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4880 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4881
4882 Variables controlling indentation style:
4883 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4884 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4885 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4886 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4887 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4888 `cperl-auto-newline'
4889 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4890 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4891 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4892 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4893 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4894 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4895 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4896 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4897 `cperl-indent-level'
4898 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4899 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4900 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4901 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4902 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4903 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4904 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4905 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4906 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4907 `cperl-brace-offset'
4908 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4909 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4910 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4911 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4912 `cperl-label-offset'
4913 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4914 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4915 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4916
4917 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4918 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4919 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4920 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4921 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4922 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4923
4924 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4925 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4926 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4927 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4928
4929 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4930 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4931 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4932 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4933 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4934 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4935 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4936
4937 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4938 column 0 is indented on
4939 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4940
4941 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4942 with no args.
4943
4944 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4945 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4946 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4947
4948 \(fn)" t nil)
4949
4950 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4951 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4952
4953 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4954
4955 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4956 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4957
4958 \(fn)" t nil)
4959
4960 ;;;***
4961 \f
4962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21710 25077 685662
4963 ;;;;;; 436000))
4964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4965
4966 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4967 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4968 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4969 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4970 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4971
4972 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4975 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4976
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4978
4979 ;;;***
4980 \f
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21710 25077 513663
4982 ;;;;;; 203000))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4984
4985 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4986 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4987 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4988 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4989 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4990 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4991 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4992 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4993
4994 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4995 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4996
4997 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4998 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4999 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5000
5001 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5002 with empty strings removed.
5003
5004 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5005
5006 ;;;***
5007 \f
5008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21788 61018
5009 ;;;;;; 623424 900000))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5011
5012 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5013 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5014
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5016
5017 ;;;***
5018 \f
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21788 61018
5020 ;;;;;; 456424 805000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5022
5023 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5024 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5025 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5027 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5028 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5029
5030 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5031
5032 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5033 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5035 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5036 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5037
5038 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5039 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5040 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5041 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5042 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5043 normal function of these prefix keys.
5044
5045 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5046 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5047 options:
5048 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5049 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5050 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5051
5052 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5053 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5054 the prefix fallback behavior.
5055
5056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5057
5058 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5059 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5060
5061 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5062
5063 ;;;***
5064 \f
5065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21710 25077
5066 ;;;;;; 522663 163000))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5068
5069 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5070 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5071 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5072
5073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5074
5075 ;;;***
5076 \f
5077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21788 61018 437424
5078 ;;;;;; 794000))
5079 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5080
5081 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5082 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5083
5084 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5085
5086 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5087 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5088
5089 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5090
5091 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5092 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5093
5094 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5095
5096 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5097 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5098
5099 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5100 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5101
5102 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5103 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5104
5105 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5106
5107 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5108
5109 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5110 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5111 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5112
5113 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5114 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5115
5116 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5117 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5118
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5120 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5121
5122 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5123
5124 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5125
5126 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5127 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5128 Return VALUE.
5129
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5131 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5132
5133 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5134 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5135
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5137 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5138
5139 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5140
5141 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5144 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5145 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5146 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5147
5148 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5149 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5150 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5151
5152 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5153
5154 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5155 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5156 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5157 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5158 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5159
5160 \(fn)" t nil)
5161
5162 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5163 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5164 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5165 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5166
5167 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5168
5169 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5170 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5171 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5172
5173 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5174
5175 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5176 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5177
5178 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5179
5180 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5181
5182 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5183 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5184
5185 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5186
5187 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5188
5189 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5190 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5191 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5192
5193 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5194
5195 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5196 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5197 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5198 as part of Emacs itself.
5199
5200 Each elements looks like this:
5201
5202 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5203
5204 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5205 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5206 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5207 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5208 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5209 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5210 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5211 and `defface'.
5212
5213 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5214
5215 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5216 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5217 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5218 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5219 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5220
5221 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5222 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5223 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5224 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5225
5226 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5227
5228 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5230 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5231 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5232 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5233 release.
5234
5235 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5236 that were added or redefined since that version.
5237
5238 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5239
5240 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5242 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5243 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5244
5245 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5246
5247 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5248 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5249
5250 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5251
5252 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5253 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5254 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5255
5256 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5257 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5258
5259 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5260
5261 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5262 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5263
5264 \(fn)" t nil)
5265
5266 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5268
5269 \(fn)" t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5272 Customize all saved options and faces.
5273
5274 \(fn)" t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5278 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5279 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5280 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5281 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5282
5283 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5284 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5285 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5286
5287 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5288
5289 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5291
5292 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5293
5294 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5295 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5296
5297 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5298
5299 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5300 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5301
5302 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5303
5304 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5305 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5306 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5307 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5308 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5309 that option.
5310 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5311
5312 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5313
5314 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5315 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5316 The result includes selecting that window.
5317 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5318 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5319 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5320 that option.
5321
5322 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5323
5324 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5325 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5326
5327 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5328
5329 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5330 File used for storing customization information.
5331 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5332 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5333 it should be an absolute file name.
5334
5335 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5336 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5337 something like the following in your init file:
5338
5339 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5340 \(load custom-file)
5341
5342 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5343 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5344
5345 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5346 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5347 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5348 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5349 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5350
5351 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5352 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5353 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5354 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5355 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5356 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5357 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5358 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5359 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5360 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5361
5362 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5363
5364 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5365 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5366
5367 \(fn)" nil nil)
5368
5369 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5370 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5371
5372 \(fn)" t nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5376 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5377
5378 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5382 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5383 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5384 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5385
5386 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5387
5388 ;;;***
5389 \f
5390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21710 25077 503663
5391 ;;;;;; 248000))
5392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5393
5394 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5395 Create or edit a custom theme.
5396 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5397 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5398 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5399 from the Custom save file.
5400 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5401 named *Custom Theme*.
5402
5403 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5404
5405 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5406 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5407
5408 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5411 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5412
5413 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5414
5415 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5416 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5417 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5418 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5419
5420 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5421
5422 ;;;***
5423 \f
5424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21710 25077
5425 ;;;;;; 738662 200000))
5426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5427
5428 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5429 Mode used for cvs status output.
5430
5431 \(fn)" t nil)
5432
5433 ;;;***
5434 \f
5435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21788 61018 588424
5436 ;;;;;; 880000))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5438 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5439
5440 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5441 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5442
5443 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5444
5445 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5446 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5447 C++ modes are included.
5448
5449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5450 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5451 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5452
5453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5454
5455 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5456
5457 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5458 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5459 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5462 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5463
5464 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5465
5466 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5467 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5468 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5469 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5470 ARG is omitted or nil.
5471
5472 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5473 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5474 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5475
5476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5477
5478 ;;;***
5479 \f
5480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21710
5481 ;;;;;; 25077 586662 878000))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5483
5484 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5485 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5486
5487 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5488
5489 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5490 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5491
5492 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5493
5494 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5495 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5496 For readability, the table is slightly
5497 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5498
5499 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5500 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5501 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5502 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5503 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5504
5505 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5506
5507 ;;;***
5508 \f
5509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21710 25077 503663
5510 ;;;;;; 248000))
5511 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5512 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5513 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5514 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5515 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5516
5517 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5518 Completion on current word.
5519 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5520 and presents suggestions for completion.
5521
5522 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5523 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5524 completions.
5525
5526 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5527 then it searches *all* buffers.
5528
5529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5530
5531 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5532 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5533
5534 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5535 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5536 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5537 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5538 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5539
5540 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5541 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5542
5543 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5544 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5545 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5546
5547 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5548 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5549
5550 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5551
5552 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5553
5554 ;;;***
5555 \f
5556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21710 25077
5557 ;;;;;; 484663 333000))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5559
5560 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5561 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5562
5563 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5564
5565 ;;;***
5566 \f
5567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21788 61018 536424 851000))
5568 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5569
5570 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5571 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5572 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5573 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5574 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5575
5576 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5577
5578 ;;;***
5579 \f
5580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21710 25077
5581 ;;;;;; 686662 432000))
5582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5583
5584 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5585 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5586
5587 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5588 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5589 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5590
5591 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5592 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5593 Data lines are not indented.
5594
5595 Key bindings:
5596
5597 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5598 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5599
5600 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5601 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5602 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5603 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5604
5605 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5606
5607 dcl-basic-offset
5608 Extra indentation within blocks.
5609
5610 dcl-continuation-offset
5611 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5612
5613 dcl-margin-offset
5614 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5615
5616 dcl-margin-label-offset
5617 Indentation for a label.
5618
5619 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5620 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5621
5622 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5623 dcl-block-end-regexp
5624 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5625 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5626 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5627 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5628 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5629
5630 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5631 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5632 Two such functions are included in the package:
5633 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5634 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5635
5636 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5637 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5638 One such function is included in the package:
5639 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5640
5641 dcl-tab-always-indent
5642 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5643 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5644 margin.
5645
5646 dcl-electric-characters
5647 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5648 typed.
5649
5650 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5651 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5652 which words trigger electric indentation.
5653
5654 dcl-tempo-comma
5655 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5656 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5657 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5658
5659 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5660 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5661 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5662 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5663
5664 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5665 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5666 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5667 dcl-imenu-label-call
5668 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5669
5670 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5671 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5672 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5673 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5674
5675
5676 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5677
5678 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5679 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5680 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5681 $ i = 1
5682 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5683 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5684 $ label:
5685 $ if i.eq.1
5686 $ then
5687 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5688 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5689 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5690 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5691 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5692 \"lined up with the command line\"
5693 $ type sys$input
5694 Data lines are not indented at all.
5695 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5696 $ endif
5697 $
5698
5699
5700 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5701 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5702
5703 \(fn)" t nil)
5704
5705 ;;;***
5706 \f
5707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21788 61018
5708 ;;;;;; 448424 801000))
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5710
5711 (setq debugger 'debug)
5712
5713 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5714 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5715 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5716 of the evaluator.
5717
5718 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5719 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5720 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5721
5722 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5723
5724 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5725 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5726
5727 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5728
5729 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5730 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5731 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5732 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5733 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5734 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5735
5736 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5737 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5738
5739 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5740
5741 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5742 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5743 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5744 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5745 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5746
5747 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5748
5749 ;;;***
5750 \f
5751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21710 25077
5752 ;;;;;; 670662 503000))
5753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5754
5755 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5756 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5757
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5759
5760 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5761 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5762 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5763 Upper-case letters are commands.
5764
5765 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5766 modify it.
5767
5768 The most useful commands are:
5769 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5770 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5771 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5772 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5773 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5774 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5775
5776 \(fn)" t nil)
5777
5778 ;;;***
5779 \f
5780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21710 25077 503663
5781 ;;;;;; 248000))
5782 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5783 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5784
5785 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5786 Customization of `columns' group.
5787
5788 \(fn)" t nil)
5789
5790 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5791 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5792
5793 START and END delimits the text region.
5794
5795 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5798 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5799
5800 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5801
5802 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5803
5804 ;;;***
5805 \f
5806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21788 61018 438424 795000))
5807 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5808
5809 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5810
5811 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5812 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5813 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5816 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5817
5818 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5819
5820 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5821 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5823 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5824 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5825
5826 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5827 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5828 point regardless of any selection.
5829
5830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5831
5832 ;;;***
5833 \f
5834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21788 61018
5835 ;;;;;; 448424 801000))
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5837
5838 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5839 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5840
5841 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5842
5843 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5844 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5845 or nil if there is no parent.
5846 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5847 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5848 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5849 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5850 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5851
5852 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5853 arguments are currently understood:
5854 :group GROUP
5855 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5856 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5857 :syntax-table TABLE
5858 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5859 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5860 :abbrev-table TABLE
5861 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5862 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5863
5864 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5865
5866 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5867
5868 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5869 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5870 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5871
5872 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5873 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5874
5875 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5876 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5877 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5878
5879 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5880 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5881
5882 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5883 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5884
5885 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5886
5887 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5888
5889 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5890
5891 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5892 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5893 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5894 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5895 the first time the mode is used.
5896
5897 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5898
5899 ;;;***
5900 \f
5901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21788 61018 439424
5902 ;;;;;; 795000))
5903 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5904
5905 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5906 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5907 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5908 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5909 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5910 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5911 otherwise.
5912
5913 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5914
5915 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5916 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5917 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5918 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5919
5920 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5921 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5922 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5923
5924 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5925 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5926 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5927 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5928 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5929 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5930 relevant to POS.
5931
5932 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5933
5934 ;;;***
5935 \f
5936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21788 61018 440424
5937 ;;;;;; 796000))
5938 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5939
5940 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5941 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5942 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5943 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5944 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5945 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5946
5947 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5948
5949 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5950 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5952 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5953 is omitted or nil.
5954
5955 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5956 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5957 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5958 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5959
5960 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5961 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5962
5963 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5964 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5965
5966 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5967
5968 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5969
5970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5971
5972 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5973 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5974 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5975 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5976
5977 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5978
5979 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5980 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5981
5982 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5983 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5984 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5985
5986 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5987 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5988
5989 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5990 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5991 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5992
5993 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5994 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5995 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5996 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5997
5998 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5999
6000 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6001 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6002
6003 Handlers are called with argument list
6004
6005 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6006
6007 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6008
6009 `desktop-file-version'
6010 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6011 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6012 `desktop-buffer-point'
6013 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6014 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6015 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6016
6017 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6018 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6019
6020 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6021 code like
6022
6023 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6024 ...
6025 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6026 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6027
6028 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6029
6030 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6031
6032 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6033 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6034 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6035 List elements must have the form
6036
6037 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6038
6039 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6040 function.
6041
6042 Handlers are called with argument list
6043
6044 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6045
6046 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6047
6048 `desktop-file-version'
6049 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6050 `desktop-buffer-name'
6051 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6052 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6053 `desktop-buffer-point'
6054 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6055 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6056 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6057
6058 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6059 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6060 created and set.
6061
6062 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6063 code like
6064
6065 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6066 ...
6067 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6068 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6069
6070 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6071
6072 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6073
6074 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6075
6076 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6077 Empty the Desktop.
6078 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6079 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6080 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6081 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6082 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6083 if different).
6084
6085 \(fn)" t nil)
6086
6087 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6088 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6089 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6090 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6091 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6092 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6093 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6094
6095 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6096
6097 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6098 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6099 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6100
6101 \(fn)" t nil)
6102
6103 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6104 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6105 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6106 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6107 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6108 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6109 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6110 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6111
6112 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6113
6114 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6115 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6116 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6117
6118 \(fn)" nil nil)
6119
6120 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6121
6122 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6123 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6124 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6125 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6126 directory DIRNAME.
6127
6128 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6129
6130 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6131 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6132
6133 \(fn)" t nil)
6134
6135 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6136 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6137
6138 \(fn)" t nil)
6139
6140 ;;;***
6141 \f
6142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21710 25077
6143 ;;;;;; 550663 38000))
6144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6145
6146 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6147 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6148 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6149 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6150 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6151 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6152
6153 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6154
6155 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6156 Repair a broken attribution line.
6157 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6158
6159 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6160
6161 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6162 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6163 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6164 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6165
6166 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6167
6168 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6169 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6170
6171 \(fn)" t nil)
6172
6173 ;;;***
6174 \f
6175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21788
6176 ;;;;;; 61018 418424 784000))
6177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6178
6179 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6180 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6181 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6182 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6183 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6184
6185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6186
6187 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6188 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6189 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6190 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6191
6192 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6193 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6194 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6195 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6196
6197 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6198 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6199
6200 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6201 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6202 calendar-date-style 'european
6203 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6204
6205 \(diary-mail-entries)
6206
6207 # diary-rem.el ends here
6208
6209 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6210
6211 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6212 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6213
6214 \(fn)" t nil)
6215
6216 ;;;***
6217 \f
6218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21710 25077 738662 200000))
6219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6220
6221 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6222 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6223
6224 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6225
6226 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6227 The command to use to run diff.")
6228
6229 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6230
6231 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6232 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6233 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6234 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6235 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6236 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6237
6238 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6239 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6240 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6241
6242 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6243
6244 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6245 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6246 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6247 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6248 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6249 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6250
6251 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6252
6253 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6254 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6255
6256 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6257
6258 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6259 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6260 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6261
6262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6263
6264 ;;;***
6265 \f
6266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21788 61018
6267 ;;;;;; 637424 908000))
6268 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6269
6270 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6271 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6272 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6273 normal diffs.
6274
6275 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6276 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6277 headers for you on-the-fly.
6278
6279 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6280 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6281 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6282
6283 \\{diff-mode-map}
6284
6285 \(fn)" t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6288 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6290 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6291 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6292
6293 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6294
6295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6296
6297 ;;;***
6298 \f
6299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21710 25077 618662 735000))
6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6301
6302 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6303 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6304 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6305
6306 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6307
6308 ;;;***
6309 \f
6310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21788 61018 441424 797000))
6311 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6312
6313 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6314 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6315 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6316 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6317 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6318 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6319 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6320 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6321
6322 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6323
6324 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6325 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6326 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6327 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6328 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6329 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6330
6331 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6332 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6333 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6334 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6335 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6336 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6337 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6338 list of files to make directory entries for.
6339 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6340 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6341 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6342
6343 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6344
6345 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6346 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6347
6348 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6349 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6350
6351 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6352 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6353
6354 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6355 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6356
6357 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6358
6359 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6360 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6361
6362 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6363
6364 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6365 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6366 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6367 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6368 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6369 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6370 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6371 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6372 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6373 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6374 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6375 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6376 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6377 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6378 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6379 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6380 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6381 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6382 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6383 to see why something went wrong.
6384 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6385 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6386 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6387 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6388 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6389 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6390 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6391 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6392 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6393 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6394 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6395 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6396 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6397
6398 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6399 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6400 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6401 again for the directory tree.
6402
6403 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6404 for more info):
6405
6406 `dired-listing-switches'
6407 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6408 `dired-marker-char'
6409 `dired-del-marker'
6410 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6411 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6412 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6413 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6414
6415 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6416
6417 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6418 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6419 `dired-mode-hook'
6420 `dired-load-hook'
6421
6422 Keybindings:
6423 \\{dired-mode-map}
6424
6425 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6426 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6427
6428 ;;;***
6429 \f
6430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21710 25077 506663
6431 ;;;;;; 234000))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6433
6434 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6435 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6439
6440 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6441 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6442 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6443
6444 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6445 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6446 directory.
6447
6448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6449
6450 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6451 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6452 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6453 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6454 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6455 from `default-directory'.
6456
6457 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6458
6459 ;;;***
6460 \f
6461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21710 25077
6462 ;;;;;; 513663 203000))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6464
6465 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6466 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6467 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6468 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6469 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6470 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6471
6472 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6473
6474 ;;;***
6475 \f
6476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21710 25077 506663
6477 ;;;;;; 234000))
6478 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6479
6480 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6481 Return a new, empty display table.
6482
6483 \(fn)" nil nil)
6484
6485 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6486 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6487 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6488 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6489 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6490
6491 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6492
6493 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6494 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6495 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6496 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6497 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6498
6499 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6500
6501 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6502 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6503
6504 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6505
6506 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6507 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6508
6509 \(fn)" t nil)
6510
6511 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6512 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6513
6514 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6515 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6516
6517 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6518 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6519 byte.
6520
6521 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6522 in the default way after this call.
6523
6524 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6525
6526 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6527 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6528
6529 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6530
6531 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6532 Display character C using printable string S.
6533
6534 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6535
6536 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6537 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6538 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6539 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6540
6541 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6542
6543 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6544 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6545 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6546 X frame.
6547
6548 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6549
6550 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6551 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6552
6553 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6554
6555 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6556 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6557
6558 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6559
6560 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6561 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6562
6563 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6564
6565 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6566 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6567
6568 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6571 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6572
6573 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6574
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6576 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6577
6578 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6579 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6580
6581 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6582 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6583
6584 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6585 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6586 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6587 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6588
6589 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6590 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6591 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6592 in `.emacs'.
6593
6594 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6595
6596 ;;;***
6597 \f
6598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21710 25077
6599 ;;;;;; 670662 503000))
6600 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6601
6602 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6603 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6604 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6605 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6606 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6607 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6608 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6609 Default is 2.
6610
6611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6612
6613 ;;;***
6614 \f
6615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21788 61018 441424 797000))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6617
6618 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6619 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6620 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6621 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6622 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6623 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6624 private or ask).
6625 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6626 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6627 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6628 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6629 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6630
6631 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6632
6633 ;;;***
6634 \f
6635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21710 25077
6636 ;;;;;; 723662 267000))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6638
6639 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6640 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6641 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6642 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6643 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6644 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6645 table and its own syntax table.
6646
6647 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6648
6649 \(fn)" t nil)
6650 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6651
6652 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6653 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6654
6655 \(fn)" t nil)
6656
6657 ;;;***
6658 \f
6659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21788 61018 442424
6660 ;;;;;; 797000))
6661 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6662
6663 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6664 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6665 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6666 OpenDocument format).
6667
6668 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6669
6670 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6671 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6672
6673 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6674 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6675
6676 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6677 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6678 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6679
6680 \(fn)" t nil)
6681
6682 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6683 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6684 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6685 to the next best mode.
6686
6687 \(fn)" nil nil)
6688
6689 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6690 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6692 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6693 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6694
6695 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6696
6697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6698
6699 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6700
6701
6702 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6703
6704 ;;;***
6705 \f
6706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21710 25077 671662
6707 ;;;;;; 499000))
6708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6709
6710 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6711 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6712
6713 \(fn)" t nil)
6714
6715 ;;;***
6716 \f
6717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21710 25077 507663 230000))
6718 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6719
6720 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6721 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6723 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6724 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6725
6726 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6727 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6728
6729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6730
6731 ;;;***
6732 \f
6733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21788 61018 571424
6734 ;;;;;; 870000))
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6736 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6737
6738 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6739 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6740
6741 \(fn)" t nil)
6742
6743 ;;;***
6744 \f
6745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21788
6746 ;;;;;; 61018 448424 801000))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6748
6749 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6750
6751 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6752 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6753 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6754 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6755 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6756
6757 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6758 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6759 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6760 and disables it otherwise.
6761
6762 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6763 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6764 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6765 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6766
6767 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6768 documenting what its argument does.
6769
6770 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6771 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6772 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6773 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6774 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6775 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6776 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6777 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6778
6779 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6780 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6781 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6782 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6783 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6784 mode is global):
6785
6786 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6787 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6788 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6789 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6790 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6791 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6792 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6793 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6794 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6795 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6796 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6797 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6798 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6799 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6800 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6801 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6802 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6803 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6804 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6805 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6806 in :variable).
6807
6808 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6809 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6810
6811 For example, you could write
6812 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6813 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6814 ...BODY CODE...)
6815
6816 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6817
6818 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6819
6820 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6821
6822 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6823
6824 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6825 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6826 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6827 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6828 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6829 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6830 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6831 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6832 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6833 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6834 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6835 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6836
6837 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6838 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6839 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6840 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6841 call another major mode in their body.
6842
6843 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6844 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6845 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6846
6847 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6848
6849 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6850
6851 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6852 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6853 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6854 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6855 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6856 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6857 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6858
6859 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6860
6861 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6862 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6863 :inherit Parent keymap.
6864 :group Ignored.
6865 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6866 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6867
6868 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6869
6870 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6871 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6872 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6873 the constant's documentation.
6874
6875 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6876
6877 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6878 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6879 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6880
6881 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6882
6883 ;;;***
6884 \f
6885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21710
6886 ;;;;;; 25077 513663 203000))
6887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6888
6889 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6890 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6891 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6892 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6893
6894 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6895 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6896 as a top-level menu bar item.
6897
6898 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6899 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6900 pairs:
6901
6902 :filter FUNCTION
6903 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6904 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6905 items to actually display.
6906
6907 :visible INCLUDE
6908 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6909 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6910 alias for `:visible'.
6911
6912 :active ENABLE
6913 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6914 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6915 an alias for `:active'.
6916
6917 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6918 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6919
6920 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6921
6922 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6923
6924 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6925 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6926
6927 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6928 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6929
6930 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6931
6932 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6933
6934 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6935 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6936
6937 :keys KEYS
6938 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6939 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6940 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6941 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6942
6943 :key-sequence KEYS
6944 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6945 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6946 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6947 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6948
6949 :active ENABLE
6950 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6951 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6952 alias for `:active'.
6953
6954 :visible INCLUDE
6955 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6956 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6957 `:visible'.
6958
6959 :label FORM
6960 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6961 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6962
6963 :suffix FORM
6964 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6965 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6966
6967 :style STYLE
6968 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6969 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6970 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6971
6972 :selected SELECTED
6973 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6974 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6975
6976 :help HELP
6977 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6978
6979 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6980 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6981 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6982
6983 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6984 MENU. This is a submenu.
6985
6986 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6987
6988 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6989
6990 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6991
6992
6993 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6994
6995 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6996 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6997 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6998 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6999
7000 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7001
7002 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7003 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7004 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7005 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7006 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7007 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7008
7009 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7010 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7011 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7012
7013 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7014 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7015 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7016
7017 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7018 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7019
7020 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7021
7022 ;;;***
7023 \f
7024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21710 25077
7025 ;;;;;; 687662 428000))
7026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7027 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7028
7029 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7030 Customization for ebnf group.
7031
7032 \(fn)" t nil)
7033
7034 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7035 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7036
7037 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7038
7039 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7040 processed.
7041
7042 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7043
7044 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7045
7046 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7047 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7048
7049 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7050 killed after process termination.
7051
7052 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7053
7054 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7055
7056 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7057 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7058
7059 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7060 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7061 it to the printer.
7062
7063 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7064 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7065 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7066 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7067
7068 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7069
7070 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7071 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7072 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7073
7074 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7075
7076 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7077 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7078
7079 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7080
7081 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7082 processed.
7083
7084 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7085
7086 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7087
7088 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7089 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7090
7091 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7092 killed after process termination.
7093
7094 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7095
7096 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7100 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7101 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7102
7103 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7104
7105 \(fn)" t nil)
7106
7107 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7108 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7109 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7110
7111 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7112
7113 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7114
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7117
7118 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7119
7120 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7121 processed.
7122
7123 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7124
7125 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7128 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7129
7130 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7131 killed after EPS generation.
7132
7133 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7134
7135 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7136
7137 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7138 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7139
7140 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7141 The EPS file name has the following form:
7142
7143 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7144
7145 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7146 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7147
7148 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7149 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7150 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7151 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7152 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7153
7154 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7155 files.
7156
7157 \(fn)" t nil)
7158
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7161
7162 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7163 The EPS file name has the following form:
7164
7165 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7166
7167 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7168 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7169
7170 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7171 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7172 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7173 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7174 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7175
7176 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7177 files.
7178
7179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7180
7181 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7182
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7185
7186 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7187
7188 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7189 are processed.
7190
7191 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7192
7193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7197
7198 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7199 killed after syntax checking.
7200
7201 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7202
7203 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7207
7208 \(fn)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7212
7213 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7214
7215 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7217
7218 \(fn)" nil nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7222
7223 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7224
7225 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7229
7230 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7231
7232 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Delete style NAME.
7236
7237 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7238
7239 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7243
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245
7246 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Set STYLE as the current style.
7250
7251 Returns the old style symbol.
7252
7253 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7254
7255 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Reset current style.
7259
7260 Returns the old style symbol.
7261
7262 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7263
7264 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7268
7269 Returns the old style symbol.
7270
7271 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7272
7273 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7274
7275 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7276
7277 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7278 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7279
7280 Returns the old style symbol.
7281
7282 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7283
7284 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7285
7286 \(fn)" t nil)
7287
7288 ;;;***
7289 \f
7290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21710 25077
7291 ;;;;;; 688662 423000))
7292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7293
7294 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7295 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7296 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7297 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7298 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7299 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7300
7301 Tree mode key bindings:
7302 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7303
7304 \(fn)" t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7307 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7308
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7312 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7313
7314 \(fn)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7317 View declaration of member at point.
7318
7319 \(fn)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7322 Find declaration of member at point.
7323
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7325
7326 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7327 View definition of member at point.
7328
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7330
7331 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7332 Find definition of member at point.
7333
7334 \(fn)" t nil)
7335
7336 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7337 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7338
7339 \(fn)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7342 View definition of member at point in other window.
7343
7344 \(fn)" t nil)
7345
7346 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7347 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7348
7349 \(fn)" t nil)
7350
7351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7352 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7353
7354 \(fn)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7357 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7358
7359 \(fn)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7362 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7363
7364 \(fn)" t nil)
7365
7366 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7367 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7368 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7369 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7370 completion.
7371
7372 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7375 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7376 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7377 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7378
7379 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7380
7381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7382 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7383 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7384 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7385
7386 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7387
7388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7389 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7390 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7391
7392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7395 Search for call sites of a member.
7396 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7397 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7398 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7399 looks like a function call to the member.
7400
7401 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7402
7403 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7404 Move backward in the position stack.
7405 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7406
7407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7410 Move forward in the position stack.
7411 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7412
7413 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7416 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7417
7418 \(fn)" t nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7421 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7422
7423 \(fn)" t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7426 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7427 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7428 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7429
7430 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7433 Display statistics for a class tree.
7434
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7436
7437 ;;;***
7438 \f
7439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21710 25077 507663
7440 ;;;;;; 230000))
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7442
7443 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7444 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7445 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7446 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7447 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7448 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7449 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7450
7451 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7452
7453 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7454 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7455 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7456 also has this effect.
7457 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7458 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7459 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7460 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7461 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7462 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7463 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7464 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7465 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7466 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7467
7468 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7469
7470 ;;;***
7471 \f
7472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21710 25077 507663
7473 ;;;;;; 230000))
7474 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7475
7476 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7477 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7478 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7479
7480 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7481
7482 ;;;***
7483 \f
7484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21710 25077
7485 ;;;;;; 550663 38000))
7486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7487
7488 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7489
7490
7491 \(fn)" nil nil)
7492
7493 ;;;***
7494 \f
7495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21788 61018 421424 785000))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7497 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7498
7499 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7500 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7501 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7504 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7505
7506 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7507
7508 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7509 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7513
7514 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7515 an EDE controlled project.
7516
7517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7518
7519 ;;;***
7520 \f
7521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21788 61018
7522 ;;;;;; 449424 801000))
7523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7524
7525 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7526 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7527 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7528 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7529 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7530
7531 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7532 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7533 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7534 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7535
7536 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7537
7538 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7539 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7540 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7541 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7542
7543 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7544
7545 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7546 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7547 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7548 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7549
7550 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7551
7552 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7553
7554 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7555 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7556 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7557 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7558 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7559
7560 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7561 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7562 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7563 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7564 instrumented for Edebug.
7565
7566 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7567 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7568 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7569 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7570 already is one.)
7571
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7573
7574 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7575 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7576
7577 \(fn)" t nil)
7578
7579 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7580 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7581
7582 \(fn)" t nil)
7583
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21710 25077 741662 187000))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7588 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7589
7590 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7591 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7592
7593 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7594
7595 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7596 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7597
7598 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7599
7600 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7601
7602 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7603
7604 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7605 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7606 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7607 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7608
7609 \(fn)" t nil)
7610
7611 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7613 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7614 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7615
7616 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7617
7618 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7619 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7620
7621 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7622
7623 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7624
7625 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7626 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7627
7628 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7634 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7635 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7636
7637 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7638
7639 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7640
7641 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7643 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7644 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7645
7646 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7647
7648 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7651 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7652 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7653 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7654
7655 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7656
7657 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7661 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7662 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7663
7664 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7665
7666 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7669 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7670 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7671 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7672 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7673 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7674
7675 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7676
7677 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7679 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7680 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7681
7682 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7683
7684 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7685
7686 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7687 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7688 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7689 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7690
7691 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7692
7693 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7694
7695 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7698 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7699 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7700 follows:
7701 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7702 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7703
7704 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7705
7706 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7707 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7708 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7709 follows:
7710 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7711 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7712
7713 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7717 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7718 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7719 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7720
7721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722
7723 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7724 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7725 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7726 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7727 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7728 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7729
7730 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7731
7732 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7733
7734 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7735 Merge two files without ancestor.
7736
7737 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7740 Merge two files with ancestor.
7741
7742 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7743
7744 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7745
7746 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7747 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7748
7749 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7752 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7758 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7759 buffer.
7760
7761 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7762
7763 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7765 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7766 buffer.
7767
7768 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7771 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7772 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7773 and don't ask the user.
7774 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7775 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7776
7777 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7778
7779 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7781 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7782 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7783 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7784 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7785 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7786 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7787
7788 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7791
7792 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7793
7794 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7796 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7797 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7798 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7799
7800 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7801
7802 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7803
7804 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7805 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7806 When called interactively, displays the version.
7807
7808 \(fn)" t nil)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7811 Display Ediff's manual.
7812 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7813
7814 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7815
7816 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7817
7818
7819 \(fn)" nil nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7822
7823
7824 \(fn)" nil nil)
7825
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7827
7828
7829 \(fn)" nil nil)
7830
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7832
7833
7834 \(fn)" nil nil)
7835
7836 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7837
7838
7839 \(fn)" nil nil)
7840
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7842
7843
7844 \(fn)" nil nil)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7847
7848
7849 \(fn)" nil nil)
7850
7851 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7852
7853
7854 \(fn)" nil nil)
7855
7856 ;;;***
7857 \f
7858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21710 25077
7859 ;;;;;; 739662 196000))
7860 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7863
7864
7865 \(fn)" t nil)
7866
7867 ;;;***
7868 \f
7869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21710 25077
7870 ;;;;;; 740662 191000))
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7872
7873 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7874 Display Ediff's registry.
7875
7876 \(fn)" t nil)
7877
7878 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7879
7880 ;;;***
7881 \f
7882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21788 61018
7883 ;;;;;; 639424 909000))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7885
7886 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7887 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7888 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7889 which see.
7890
7891 \(fn)" t nil)
7892
7893 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7894 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7895 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7896 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7897
7898 \(fn)" t nil)
7899
7900 ;;;***
7901 \f
7902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21710 25077 507663
7903 ;;;;;; 230000))
7904 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7905 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7906
7907 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7908 Edit a keyboard macro.
7909 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7910 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7911 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7912 its command name.
7913 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7914
7915 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7916
7917 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7918 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7919
7920 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7921
7922 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7923 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7924
7925 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7926
7927 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7928 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7929 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7930 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7931 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7932 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7933
7934 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7935 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7936 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7937 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7938
7939 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7940
7941 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7942 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7943 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7944 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7945 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7946 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7947
7948 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7949
7950 ;;;***
7951 \f
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21788 61018 456424
7953 ;;;;;; 805000))
7954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7955
7956 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7957 Set scroll margins.
7958 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7959 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7960
7961 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7962
7963 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7964 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7965
7966 \(fn)" t nil)
7967
7968 ;;;***
7969 \f
7970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21710 25077 507663 230000))
7971 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7972
7973 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7974 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7975 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7976 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7977 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7978 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7979 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7980
7981 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7982 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7983
7984 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7985 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7986 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7987 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7988
7989 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7990 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7991 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7992
7993 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7994 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7995 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7996
7997 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7998
7999 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8000
8001
8002 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8003
8004 ;;;***
8005 \f
8006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21788 61018
8007 ;;;;;; 451424 802000))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8009 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8010
8011 ;;;***
8012 \f
8013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21788
8014 ;;;;;; 61018 450424 802000))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8016 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8017
8018 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8019 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8020 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8021 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8022 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8023 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8024 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8025
8026 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8027
8028 ;;;***
8029 \f
8030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21788 61018
8031 ;;;;;; 451424 802000))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8033
8034 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8035 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8036
8037 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8038
8039 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8040 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8042 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8043 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8044
8045 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8046 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8047 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8048 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8049 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8050 expression point is on.
8051
8052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8053
8054 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8055
8056 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8057 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8058 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8059 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8060 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8061 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8062 arg list.
8063
8064 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8065 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8066 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8067 effect.
8068
8069 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8070 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8071
8072 ;;;***
8073 \f
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21788 61018 442424
8075 ;;;;;; 797000))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8077
8078 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8079 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8080
8081 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8082 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8083 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8084
8085 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8086
8087 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8088 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8089 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8092 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8093
8094 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8095
8096 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8097 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8098 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8099 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8100 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8101
8102 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8103 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8104 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8105
8106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8107
8108 ;;;***
8109 \f
8110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21710 25077 507663
8111 ;;;;;; 230000))
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8113
8114 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8115 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8116
8117 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8118 an elided material again.
8119
8120 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8121
8122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8123
8124 ;;;***
8125 \f
8126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21710 25077
8127 ;;;;;; 516663 190000))
8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8129
8130 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8131 Lint the file FILE.
8132
8133 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8134
8135 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8136 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8137 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8138
8139 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8142 Lint the current buffer.
8143 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8144
8145 \(fn)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8148 Lint the function at point.
8149 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8150
8151 \(fn)" t nil)
8152
8153 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8154 Initialize elint.
8155 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8156 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8157
8158 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8159
8160 ;;;***
8161 \f
8162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21710 25077 516663
8163 ;;;;;; 190000))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8165
8166 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8167 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8168 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8169
8170 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8171
8172 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8173 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8174 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8175 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8176
8177 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8180 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8181 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8182
8183 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8184
8185 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8186
8187 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8188 Display current profiling results.
8189 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8190 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8191 displayed.
8192
8193 \(fn)" t nil)
8194
8195 ;;;***
8196 \f
8197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21710 25077 521663
8198 ;;;;;; 168000))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8200
8201 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8202 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8203 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8204 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8205 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8206 ARG is omitted or nil.
8207
8208 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8209 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8210 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8211 used instead.
8212
8213 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8214
8215 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8216 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8217 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8218
8219 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8220
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8222
8223 ;;;***
8224 \f
8225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21788 61018
8226 ;;;;;; 524424 844000))
8227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8228
8229 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8230 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8231 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8232
8233 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8234
8235 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8236
8237 ;;;***
8238 \f
8239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21788 61018 639424
8240 ;;;;;; 909000))
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8242
8243 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8244 Run Emerge on two files.
8245
8246 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8247
8248 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8249 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8250
8251 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8254 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8255
8256 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8259 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8260
8261 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8264
8265
8266 \(fn)" nil nil)
8267
8268 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8269
8270
8271 \(fn)" nil nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8274
8275
8276 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8277
8278 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8279
8280
8281 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8284 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8285
8286 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8289 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8290
8291 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8294
8295
8296 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8297
8298 ;;;***
8299 \f
8300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21788 61018
8301 ;;;;;; 623424 900000))
8302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8303
8304 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8305 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8306 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8307 text/enriched format.
8308
8309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8310 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8311 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8312
8313 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8314
8315 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8316 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8317
8318 Commands:
8319
8320 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8321
8322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8323
8324 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8325
8326
8327 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8330
8331
8332 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8333
8334 ;;;***
8335 \f
8336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21788 61018 457424 806000))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8338
8339 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8340 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8341
8342 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8345 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8346
8347 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8350 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8351 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8352 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8353 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8354 the keys are listed.
8355 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8356
8357 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8358
8359 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8360 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8361 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8362
8363 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8364
8365 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8366 Verify FILE.
8367
8368 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8369
8370 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8371 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8372
8373 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8374
8375 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8376 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8377
8378 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8381 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8382
8383 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8384 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8385 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8386 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8387
8388 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8389 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8390 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8391 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8392 should consider using the string based counterpart
8393 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8394 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8395
8396 For example:
8397
8398 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8399 (decode-coding-string
8400 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8401 'utf-8))
8402
8403 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8404
8405 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8406 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8407
8408 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8409 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8410
8411 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8414 Verify the current region between START and END.
8415
8416 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8417 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8418 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8419 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8420 should consider using the string based counterpart
8421 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8422 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8423
8424 For example:
8425
8426 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8427 (decode-coding-string
8428 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8429 'utf-8))
8430
8431 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8434 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8435 between START and END.
8436
8437 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8438 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8439
8440 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8441
8442 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8443 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8444
8445 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8446 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8447 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8448 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8449 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8450 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8451
8452 For example:
8453
8454 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8455 (epg-sign-string
8456 context
8457 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8458
8459 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8462 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8463
8464 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8465 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8466 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8467 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8468 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8469 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8470
8471 For example:
8472
8473 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8474 (epg-encrypt-string
8475 context
8476 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8477 nil))
8478
8479 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8480
8481 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8482 Delete selected KEYS.
8483
8484 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8485
8486 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8487 Import keys from FILE.
8488
8489 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8492 Import keys from the region.
8493
8494 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8495
8496 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8497 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8498 between START and END.
8499
8500 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8503 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8504
8505 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8506
8507 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8508 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8509
8510 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8511
8512 ;;;***
8513 \f
8514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21710 25077 525663
8515 ;;;;;; 150000))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8517
8518 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8519 Decrypt marked files.
8520
8521 \(fn)" t nil)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8524 Verify marked files.
8525
8526 \(fn)" t nil)
8527
8528 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8529 Sign marked files.
8530
8531 \(fn)" t nil)
8532
8533 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8534 Encrypt marked files.
8535
8536 \(fn)" t nil)
8537
8538 ;;;***
8539 \f
8540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21788 61018 457424
8541 ;;;;;; 806000))
8542 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8543
8544 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8545
8546
8547 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8548
8549 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8550
8551
8552 \(fn)" t nil)
8553
8554 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8555
8556
8557 \(fn)" t nil)
8558
8559 ;;;***
8560 \f
8561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21788 61018 457424
8562 ;;;;;; 806000))
8563 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8564
8565 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8566 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8567 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8568 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8569 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8570
8571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8574 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8575 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8576
8577 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8578
8579 \(fn)" t nil)
8580
8581 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8582 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8583 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8584
8585 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8586
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8590 Sign the current buffer.
8591 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8592
8593 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8594
8595 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8596
8597 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8598 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8599 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8600 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8601 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8602 and also whether and how to sign.
8603
8604 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8605 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8606 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8607
8608 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8613 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8614 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8615
8616 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8617
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8619
8620 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8621 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8622 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8625 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8626
8627 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8630 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8632 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8633 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8634
8635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8636
8637 ;;;***
8638 \f
8639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21788 61018 458424 806000))
8640 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8641 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8642
8643 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8644 Return a context object.
8645
8646 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8647
8648 ;;;***
8649 \f
8650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21710 25077 525663
8651 ;;;;;; 150000))
8652 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8653
8654 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8655 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8656
8657 \(fn)" nil nil)
8658
8659 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8660 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8661
8662 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8663
8664 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8665 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8666
8667 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8668
8669 ;;;***
8670 \f
8671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21788 61018 462424 809000))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8673 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8674
8675 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8676 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8677
8678 \(fn)" nil nil)
8679
8680 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8681 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8682 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8683
8684 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8685
8686 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8687 (server (erc-compute-server))
8688 (port (erc-compute-port))
8689 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8690 password
8691 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8692
8693 That is, if called with
8694
8695 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8696
8697 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8698 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8699 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8700
8701 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8702
8703 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8704
8705 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8706 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8707 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8708
8709 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8710
8711 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8712 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8713 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8714 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8715
8716 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8717
8718 ;;;***
8719 \f
8720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21710
8721 ;;;;;; 25077 528663 136000))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8723 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8724
8725 ;;;***
8726 \f
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21710 25077
8728 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8731
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21710 25077
8735 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21710 25077
8742 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8744 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8745
8746 ;;;***
8747 \f
8748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21788 61018 460424
8749 ;;;;;; 807000))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8751 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8752
8753 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8754 Parser for /dcc command.
8755 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8756 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8757 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8758
8759 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8760
8761 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8762 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8763
8764 \(fn)" nil nil)
8765
8766 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8767 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8768
8769 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8770 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8771 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8772 that subcommand.
8773
8774 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8775
8776 ;;;***
8777 \f
8778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8779 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 460424 807000))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8782
8783 ;;;***
8784 \f
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21710
8786 ;;;;;; 25077 529663 132000))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8788
8789 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8790 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8791
8792 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8793
8794 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8795 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8796 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8797 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8798
8799 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8800
8801 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8802
8803
8804 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8805
8806 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8807 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8808
8809 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8810
8811 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8813
8814 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8817 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8818
8819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8823
8824 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8825
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8828
8829 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8833
8834 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8835
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8837 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8838
8839 \(fn)" nil nil)
8840
8841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8843
8844 \(fn)" nil nil)
8845
8846 ;;;***
8847 \f
8848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21710 25077 529663
8849 ;;;;;; 132000))
8850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8851 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8852
8853 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8854 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8855 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8856
8857 \(fn)" nil nil)
8858
8859 ;;;***
8860 \f
8861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21710 25077
8862 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8863 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8864 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8865
8866 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8867 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8868 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8869 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8870 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8871 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8872 system.
8873
8874 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8877
8878
8879 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8880
8881 ;;;***
8882 \f
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21710 25077
8884 ;;;;;; 529663 132000))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8886
8887 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8888
8889
8890 \(fn)" nil nil)
8891
8892 ;;;***
8893 \f
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21710 25077 529663
8895 ;;;;;; 132000))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8897 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8898
8899 ;;;***
8900 \f
8901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21710 25077 530663
8902 ;;;;;; 127000))
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8904 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8905
8906 ;;;***
8907 \f
8908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21710 25077 530663
8909 ;;;;;; 127000))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8911 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8912
8913 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8914 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8915 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8916 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8917 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8918 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8919
8920 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8921
8922 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8923 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8924 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8925 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8926
8927 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8928 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8929 automatically.
8930
8931 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8932 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8933
8934 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8935
8936 ;;;***
8937 \f
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21710 25077
8939 ;;;;;; 530663 127000))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8941 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8942
8943 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8944 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8945
8946 \(fn)" t nil)
8947
8948 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8949 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8950
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8954 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8955
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8959 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8960
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8964 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8965
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8969 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8970
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8972
8973 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8974 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8975
8976 \(fn)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8979 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 ;;;***
8984 \f
8985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21710 25077 530663
8986 ;;;;;; 127000))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8988 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8989
8990 ;;;***
8991 \f
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21710
8993 ;;;;;; 25077 530663 127000))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8996
8997 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8998 Show who's gone.
8999
9000 \(fn)" nil nil)
9001
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21710
9005 ;;;;;; 25077 530663 127000))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9007
9008 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9009 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9010 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9011 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9012
9013 \(fn)" nil nil)
9014
9015 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9016 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9017
9018 \(fn)" t nil)
9019
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21710 25077
9023 ;;;;;; 530663 127000))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9026
9027 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9028 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9029 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9030 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9031
9032 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9033
9034 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9035
9036
9037 \(fn)" nil nil)
9038
9039 ;;;***
9040 \f
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21710 25077 530663
9042 ;;;;;; 127000))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9044 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9045
9046 ;;;***
9047 \f
9048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21710
9049 ;;;;;; 25077 530663 127000))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21710 25077
9056 ;;;;;; 530663 127000))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21710 25077 530663
9063 ;;;;;; 127000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21710
9070 ;;;;;; 25077 531663 123000))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9073
9074 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9075 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9076
9077 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9078
9079 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9080 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9081 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9082
9083 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9084
9085 ;;;***
9086 \f
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21710 25077
9088 ;;;;;; 531663 123000))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9090 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9091
9092 ;;;***
9093 \f
9094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21710
9095 ;;;;;; 25077 531663 123000))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9097
9098 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9099 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9100 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9101
9102 \(fn)" t nil)
9103
9104 ;;;***
9105 \f
9106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21788
9107 ;;;;;; 61018 460424 807000))
9108 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9109 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9110
9111 ;;;***
9112 \f
9113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21710 25077
9114 ;;;;;; 531663 123000))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9116 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9117
9118 ;;;***
9119 \f
9120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21710 25077
9121 ;;;;;; 531663 123000))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9123
9124 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9125 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9126 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9127
9128 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9129
9130 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9131 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9133 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9134 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9135
9136 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9137 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9138 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9139 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9140
9141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9142 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9143
9144 ;;;***
9145 \f
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21710
9147 ;;;;;; 25077 531663 123000))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9150
9151 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9152 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9153 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9154 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9155
9156 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9157
9158 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9159 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9160 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9161
9162 \(fn)" t nil)
9163
9164 ;;;***
9165 \f
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21710 25077 531663
9167 ;;;;;; 123000))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9170
9171 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9172 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9173
9174 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9175
9176 ;;;***
9177 \f
9178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21788 61018 451424
9179 ;;;;;; 802000))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9181
9182 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9183 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9184
9185 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9186 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9187
9188 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9189 useful for assertions in BODY.
9190
9191 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9192
9193 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9194 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9195 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9196
9197 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9198
9199 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9200
9201 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9202
9203 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9204 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9205
9206 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9207 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9208 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9209 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9210
9211 Returns the stats object.
9212
9213 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9214
9215 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9216 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9217
9218 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9219 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9220 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9221 the tests).
9222
9223 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9224
9225 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9226 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9227
9228 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9229 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9230 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9231 and how to display message.
9232
9233 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9234
9235 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9236
9237 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9238 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9239
9240 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9241
9242 ;;;***
9243 \f
9244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21710 25077
9245 ;;;;;; 516663 190000))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9247
9248 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9249
9250 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9251 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9252
9253 \(fn)" t nil)
9254
9255 ;;;***
9256 \f
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21788 61018
9258 ;;;;;; 463424 809000))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9260
9261 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9262 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9263
9264 \(fn)" t nil)
9265
9266 ;;;***
9267 \f
9268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21788 61018 463424
9269 ;;;;;; 809000))
9270 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9271 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9272
9273 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9274 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9275 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9276 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9277 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9278 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9279 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9280 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9281 buffer selected (or created).
9282
9283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9284
9285 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9286 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9287 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9288
9289 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9290
9291 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9292 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9293 The result might be any Lisp object.
9294 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9295 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9296 corresponding to a successful execution.
9297
9298 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9299
9300 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9301
9302 ;;;***
9303 \f
9304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21788 61018 589424
9305 ;;;;;; 881000))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9307
9308 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9309 File name of tags table.
9310 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9311 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9312 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9313 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9314 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9315
9316 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9317 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9318 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9319 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9320
9321 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9322
9323 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9324 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9325 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9326 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9327 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9328 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9329
9330 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9331
9332 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9333 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9334 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9335
9336 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9337
9338 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9339 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9340 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9341 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9342 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9343
9344 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9345
9346 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9347 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9348 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9349 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9350
9351 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9352
9353 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9354 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9355 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9356 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9357 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9358
9359 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9360
9361 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9362 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9363
9364 \(fn)" t nil)
9365
9366 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9367 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9368 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9369 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9370
9371 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9372 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9373 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9374 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9375 file the tag was in.
9376
9377 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9378
9379 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9380 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9381 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9382 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9383 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9384 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9385 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9386 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9387 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9388
9389 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9392 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9393 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9394 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9395 without directory names.
9396
9397 \(fn)" nil nil)
9398 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9399 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9400 (progn
9401 (load "etags")
9402 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9403
9404 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9405 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9406 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9407 but does not select the buffer.
9408 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9409
9410 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9411 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9412 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9413 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9414 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9415
9416 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9417
9418 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9419 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9420 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9421
9422 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9423
9424 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9425
9426 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9427 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9428 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9429 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9430
9431 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9432 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9433 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9434 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9435 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9436
9437 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9438
9439 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9440 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9441 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9442
9443 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9444
9445 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9446 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9447
9448 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9449 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9450 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9451 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9452 around or before point.
9453
9454 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9455 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9456 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9457 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9458 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9459
9460 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9461
9462 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9463 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9464 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9465
9466 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9467
9468 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9469 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9470
9471 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9472 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9473 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9474 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9475 around or before point.
9476
9477 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9478 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9479 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9480 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9481 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9482
9483 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9484
9485 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9486 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9487 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9488
9489 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9490
9491 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9492 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9493
9494 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9495 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9496 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9497
9498 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9499 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9500 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9501 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9502 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9503
9504 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9505
9506 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9507 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9508 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9509
9510 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9511
9512 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9513 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9514 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9515
9516 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9517 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9518
9519 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9520 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9521 where they were found.
9522
9523 \(fn)" t nil)
9524
9525 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9526 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9527
9528 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9529 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9530 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9531
9532 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9533 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9534
9535 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9536 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9537
9538 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9539
9540 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9541 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9542 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9543 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9544
9545 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9546 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9547 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9548 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9549 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9550
9551 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9552 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9553
9554 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9555 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9556 Stops when a match is found.
9557 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9558
9559 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9560 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9561 restricted to these files.
9562
9563 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9564
9565 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9568 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9569 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9570 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9571 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9572 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9573 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9574 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9575
9576 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9577 produce the list of files to search.
9578
9579 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9580
9581 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9582
9583 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9584 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9585 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9586 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9587 directory specification.
9588
9589 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9590
9591 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9592 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9593
9594 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9595
9596 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9597 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9598 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9599 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9600
9601 \(fn)" t nil)
9602
9603 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9604 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9605 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9606 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9607 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9608
9609 \(fn)" t nil)
9610
9611 ;;;***
9612 \f
9613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21710
9614 ;;;;;; 25077 587662 873000))
9615 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9616
9617 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9618
9619
9620 \(fn)" nil nil)
9621
9622 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9623 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9624
9625 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9626 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9627
9628 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9629 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9630 primary language.
9631
9632 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9633 even if the buffer is read-only.
9634
9635 See also the descriptions of the variables
9636 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9637
9638 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9639
9640 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9641 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9642
9643 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9644 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9645
9646 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9647 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9648 primary language.
9649
9650 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9651 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9652
9653 See also the descriptions of the variables
9654 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9655
9656 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9657
9658 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9659 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9660 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9661 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9662
9663 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9664
9665 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9666 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9667 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9668 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9669
9670 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9671 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9672 primary language.
9673
9674 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9675 buffer is read-only.
9676
9677 See also the descriptions of the variables
9678 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9679 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9680
9681 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9682
9683 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9684 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9685
9686 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9687 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9688
9689 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9690 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9691 the primary language.
9692
9693 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9694 buffer is read-only.
9695
9696 See also the descriptions of the variables
9697 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9698 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9699
9700 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9701
9702 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9703 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9704 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9705
9706 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9707
9708 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9709 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9710
9711 \(fn)" t nil)
9712
9713 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9714 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9715
9716 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9717 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9718 be 1, 2, or 3.
9719
9720 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9721 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9722 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9723
9724 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9725
9726 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9727
9728 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9729 This function is deprecated.
9730
9731 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9732
9733 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9734 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9735
9736 \(fn)" t nil)
9737
9738 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9739 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9740
9741 \(fn)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9744 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9745
9746 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9747 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9748
9749 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9750 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9751
9752 \(fn)" nil nil)
9753
9754 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9755 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9756
9757 \(fn)" nil nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9760 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9761
9762 \(fn)" nil nil)
9763
9764 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9765 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9766
9767 \(fn)" nil nil)
9768
9769 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9770 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9771 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9772
9773 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9774
9775 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9776
9777
9778 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9779
9780 ;;;***
9781 \f
9782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21788 61018 537424 851000))
9783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9784
9785 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9786 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9787 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9788 server for future sessions.
9789
9790 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9791
9792 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9793 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9794 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9795
9796 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9797
9798 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9799 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9800 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9801
9802 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9803
9804 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9805 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9806 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9807 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9808 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9809 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9810 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9811 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9812 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9813 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9814 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9815 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9816
9817 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9818
9819 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9820 Display a form to query the directory server.
9821 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9822 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9823
9824 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9827 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9828 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9829
9830 \(fn)" t nil)
9831
9832 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9833
9834 ;;;***
9835 \f
9836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21788 61018 536424
9837 ;;;;;; 851000))
9838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9839
9840 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9841 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9842
9843 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9844
9845 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9846 Display URL and make it clickable.
9847
9848 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9849
9850 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9851 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9852
9853 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9854
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9857
9858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9859
9860 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9861 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9862
9863 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9866 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9867
9868 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9869
9870 ;;;***
9871 \f
9872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21788 61018
9873 ;;;;;; 536424 851000))
9874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9875
9876 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9877 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9878 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9879
9880 \(fn)" t nil)
9881
9882 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9883 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9884
9885 \(fn)" t nil)
9886
9887 ;;;***
9888 \f
9889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21788
9890 ;;;;;; 61018 536424 851000))
9891 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9892
9893 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9894 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9895
9896 \(fn)" t nil)
9897
9898 ;;;***
9899 \f
9900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21710 25077 516663
9901 ;;;;;; 190000))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9903
9904 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9905 Create an empty ewoc.
9906
9907 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9908
9909 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9910 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9911 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9912 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9913 `insert-before-markers'.
9914
9915 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9916 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9917 respectively, of the ewoc.
9918
9919 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9920 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9921 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9922
9923 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9924
9925 ;;;***
9926 \f
9927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21788 61018 537424 851000))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9929
9930 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9931 Fetch URL and render the page.
9932 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9933 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9934
9935 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9936 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9937
9938 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9939 Render a file using EWW.
9940
9941 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9944
9945
9946 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9947
9948 ;;;***
9949 \f
9950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21710
9951 ;;;;;; 25077 688662 423000))
9952 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9953
9954 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9955 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9956 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9957
9958 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9961 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9962 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9963 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9964 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9965
9966 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9967
9968 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9969 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9970 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9971 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9972 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9973 executable.
9974
9975 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9976
9977 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9978 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9979 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9980
9981 \(fn)" t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9984 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9985 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9986 file modes.
9987
9988 \(fn)" nil nil)
9989
9990 ;;;***
9991 \f
9992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21710 25077 535663 105000))
9993 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9994
9995 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9996 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9997 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9998 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9999
10000 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10001
10002 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10003 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10004 to generate such functions.
10005
10006 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10007 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10008 beginning of the expanded text.
10009
10010 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10011 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10012 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10013 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10014
10015 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10016
10017 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10018
10019 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10020 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10021 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10022
10023 \(fn)" nil nil)
10024
10025 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10026 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10027 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10028
10029 \(fn)" t nil)
10030
10031 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10032 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10033 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10034
10035 \(fn)" t nil)
10036 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10037 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10038
10039 ;;;***
10040 \f
10041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21788 61018 589424
10042 ;;;;;; 881000))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10044
10045 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10046 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10047 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10048
10049 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10050 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10051 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10052
10053 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10054
10055 Key definitions:
10056 \\{f90-mode-map}
10057
10058 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10059
10060 `f90-do-indent'
10061 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10062 `f90-if-indent'
10063 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10064 `f90-type-indent'
10065 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10066 `f90-program-indent'
10067 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10068 (default 2).
10069 `f90-associate-indent'
10070 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10071 `f90-critical-indent'
10072 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10073 `f90-continuation-indent'
10074 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10075 `f90-comment-region'
10076 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10077 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10078 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10079 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10080 (default \"!\").
10081 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10082 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10083 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10084 `f90-break-delimiters'
10085 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10086 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10087 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10088 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10089 (default t).
10090 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10091 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10092 `f90-smart-end'
10093 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10094 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10095 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10096 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10097 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10098 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10099 `f90-leave-line-no'
10100 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10101
10102 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10103 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10104
10105 \(fn)" t nil)
10106
10107 ;;;***
10108 \f
10109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21710 25077 536663
10110 ;;;;;; 101000))
10111 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10112
10113 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10114 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10115 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10116 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10117
10118 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10119 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10120 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10121 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10122 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10123
10124 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10125 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10126 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10127 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10128 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10129 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10130 attributes.
10131
10132 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10133 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10134
10135 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10138 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10139 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10140 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10141
10142 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10143
10144 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10145 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10146 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10147 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10148
10149 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10150 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10151 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10152
10153 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10154 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10155 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10156 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10157
10158 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10159
10160 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10161 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10162 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10163
10164 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10165 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10166 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10167 the same amount).
10168
10169 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10170
10171 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10172 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10173 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10174
10175 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10176 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10177 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10178 will remove any scaling currently active.
10179
10180 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10181
10182 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10183 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10184 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10185
10186 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10187 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10188 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10189 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10190 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10191
10192 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10193 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10194
10195 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10196
10197 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10198 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10199
10200 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10201 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10202 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10203
10204 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10205 the face height as long as the input event read
10206 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10207
10208 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10209 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10210 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10211 will remove any scaling currently active.
10212
10213 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10214 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10215 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10216 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10217 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10218
10219 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10222 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10224 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10225 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10226 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10227
10228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10229
10230 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10231 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10232 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10233 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10234 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10235 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10236 `buffer-face-mode'.
10237
10238 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10239 local, and sets it to FACE.
10240
10241 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10242
10243 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10244 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10245 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10246 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10247 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10248 `face' text property.
10249
10250 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10251 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10252 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10253 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10254
10255 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10256 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10257
10258 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10261 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10262 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10263 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10264
10265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10266
10267 ;;;***
10268 \f
10269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21676 8646 760452
10270 ;;;;;; 0))
10271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10272 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10273
10274 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10275 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10276 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10277 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10278
10279 \(fn)" nil nil)
10280
10281 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10282 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10283
10284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10285
10286 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10287 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10288 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10289 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10290
10291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10292
10293 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10294 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10295 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10296 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10297 backup file names and the like).
10298
10299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10302 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10303 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10304 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10305 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10306 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10307 internally by feedmail):
10308
10309 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10310 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10311 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10312 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10313
10314 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10315 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10316 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10317 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10318 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10319
10320 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10321
10322 ;;;***
10323 \f
10324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21788 61018 465424 810000))
10325 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10326
10327 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10328 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10329 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10330 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10331 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10332 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10333 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10334
10335 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10336
10337 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10338 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10339 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10340 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10341 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10342 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10343 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10344
10345 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10346
10347 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10348
10349 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10350 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10351 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10352 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10353 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10354 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10355
10356 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10357
10358 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10359 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10360 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10361 Return value:
10362 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10363 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10364 * otherwise, nil
10365
10366 \(fn E)" t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10369 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10370 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10371
10372 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10373
10374 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10375 Try to get a file name at point.
10376 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10377
10378 \(fn)" nil nil)
10379
10380 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10381 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10382
10383 \(fn)" t nil)
10384
10385 ;;;***
10386 \f
10387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21788 61018 465424
10388 ;;;;;; 810000))
10389 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10390
10391 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10392 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10393 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10394 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10395
10396 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10397
10398 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10399 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10400 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10401 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10402 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10403 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10404
10405 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10406
10407 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10408 Add FILE to the file cache.
10409
10410 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10411
10412 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10413 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10414 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10415
10416 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10417
10418 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10419 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10420 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10421
10422 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10423
10424 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10425 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10426 This function does not use any external programs.
10427 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10428 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10429 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10430
10431 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10434 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10435 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10436 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10437 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10438 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10439 \(directories) is done.
10440
10441 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10442
10443 ;;;***
10444 \f
10445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21710 25077 537663
10446 ;;;;;; 96000))
10447 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10448
10449 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10450 Handle file system monitoring event.
10451 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10452
10453 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10454
10455 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10456
10457 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10458
10459 ;;;***
10460 \f
10461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21710 25077 537663
10462 ;;;;;; 96000))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10464
10465 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10466 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10467
10468 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10469 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10470 Local Variables list.
10471
10472 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10473 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10474 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10475
10476 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10477
10478 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10479 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10480
10481 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10484 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10485
10486 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10487 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10488 the -*- line.
10489
10490 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10491 then this function adds it.
10492
10493 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10496 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10497
10498 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10499
10500 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10501 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10502
10503 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10504
10505 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10506 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10507
10508 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10511 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10512
10513 \(fn)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10516 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10517
10518 \(fn)" t nil)
10519
10520 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10521 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10522
10523 \(fn)" t nil)
10524
10525 ;;;***
10526 \f
10527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21710 25077 539663
10528 ;;;;;; 87000))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10530
10531 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10532 Filesets initialization.
10533 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10534
10535 \(fn)" nil nil)
10536
10537 ;;;***
10538 \f
10539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21788 61018 467424
10540 ;;;;;; 811000))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10542 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10543
10544 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10545 Initiate the building of a find command.
10546 For example:
10547
10548 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10549 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10550 (mtime \"+1\"))
10551 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10552
10553 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10554 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10555
10556 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10557
10558 ;;;***
10559 \f
10560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21710 25077 539663
10561 ;;;;;; 87000))
10562 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10563
10564 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10565 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10566 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10567
10568 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10569
10570 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10571 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10572
10573 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10574
10575 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10576 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10577 and run Dired on those files.
10578 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10579 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10580
10581 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10582
10583 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10584
10585 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10588 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10589 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10590
10591 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10592 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10593
10594 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10595 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10596
10597 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10598
10599 ;;;***
10600 \f
10601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21710 25077 539663
10602 ;;;;;; 87000))
10603 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10604
10605 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10606 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10607 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10608 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10609 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10610 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10611 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10612
10613 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10614
10615 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10616 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10617 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10618
10619 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10620
10621 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10622
10623 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10624
10625 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10626 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10627 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10628
10629 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10630 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10631
10632 Variables of interest include:
10633
10634 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10635 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10636 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10637
10638 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10639 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10640 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10641
10642 - `ff-ignore-include'
10643 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10644
10645 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10646 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10647
10648 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10649 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10650
10651 - `ff-special-constructs'
10652 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10653 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10654 extracting the filename from that construct.
10655
10656 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10657 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10658
10659 - `ff-search-directories'
10660 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10661 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10662
10663 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10664 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10665
10666 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10667 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10668
10669 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10670 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10671
10672 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10673 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10674
10675 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10676 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10677
10678 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10679
10680 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10681 Visit the file you click on.
10682
10683 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10684
10685 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10686 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10687
10688 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10689
10690 ;;;***
10691 \f
10692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21788
10693 ;;;;;; 61018 452424 803000))
10694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10695
10696 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10697 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10698 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10699
10700 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10701
10702 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10703 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10704 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10705 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10706
10707 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10708 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10709 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10710 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10711
10712 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10713
10714 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10715 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10716
10717 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10718 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10719 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10720 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10721
10722 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10723 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10724 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10725
10726 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10727 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10728 in `load-path'.
10729
10730 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10731
10732 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10733 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10734
10735 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10736 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10737 places point before the definition.
10738 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10739
10740 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10741 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10742 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10743
10744 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10745
10746 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10747 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10748
10749 See `find-function' for more details.
10750
10751 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10752
10753 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10754 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10755
10756 See `find-function' for more details.
10757
10758 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10759
10760 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10761 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10762
10763 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10764 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10765 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10766
10767 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10768 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10769
10770 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10771
10772 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10773 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10774
10775 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10776 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10777 places point before the definition.
10778
10779 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10780
10781 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10782 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10783 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10784
10785 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10786
10787 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10788 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10789
10790 See `find-variable' for more details.
10791
10792 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10793
10794 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10795 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10796
10797 See `find-variable' for more details.
10798
10799 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10800
10801 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10802 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10803 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10804 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10805 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10806 buffer nor display it.
10807
10808 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10809 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10810
10811 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10812
10813 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10814 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10815
10816 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10817 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10818 places point before the definition.
10819
10820 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10821
10822 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10823 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10824 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10825
10826 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10827
10828 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10829 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10830 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10831
10832 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10833
10834 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10835 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10836
10837 \(fn)" t nil)
10838
10839 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10840 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10841
10842 \(fn)" t nil)
10843
10844 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10845 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10846
10847 \(fn)" nil nil)
10848
10849 ;;;***
10850 \f
10851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21710 25077 539663
10852 ;;;;;; 87000))
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10854
10855 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10856 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10857
10858 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10859
10860 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10861 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10862
10863 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10864
10865 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10866 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10867
10868 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10869
10870 ;;;***
10871 \f
10872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21710 25077 539663 87000))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10874 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10875
10876 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10877 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10878
10879 \(fn)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10882 Display FILE's commentary section.
10883 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10884
10885 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10886
10887 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10888 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10889
10890 \(fn)" t nil)
10891
10892 ;;;***
10893 \f
10894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21710 25077 539663
10895 ;;;;;; 87000))
10896 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10897
10898 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10899 Toggle flow control handling.
10900 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10901 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10902
10903 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10906 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10907 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10908 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10909 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10910 to get the effect of a C-q.
10911
10912 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10913
10914 ;;;***
10915 \f
10916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21710 25077
10917 ;;;;;; 550663 38000))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10919
10920 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10921
10922
10923 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10924
10925 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10926
10927
10928 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10929
10930 ;;;***
10931 \f
10932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21710 25077
10933 ;;;;;; 689662 418000))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10935 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10936
10937 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10938 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10942 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10943
10944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10945
10946 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10947 Turn flymake mode on.
10948
10949 \(fn)" nil nil)
10950
10951 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10952 Turn flymake mode off.
10953
10954 \(fn)" nil nil)
10955
10956 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10957
10958
10959 \(fn)" nil nil)
10960
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21788 61018
10964 ;;;;;; 625424 901000))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10966
10967 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10968 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10969
10970 \(fn)" t nil)
10971 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10972
10973 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10974 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10975 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10976 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10977 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10978
10979 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10980 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10981 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10982
10983 Bindings:
10984 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10985 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10986 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10987 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10988
10989 Hooks:
10990 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10991
10992 Remark:
10993 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10994 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10995 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10996
10997 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10998 consider adding:
10999 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11000 in your init file.
11001
11002 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11003 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11004
11005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11008 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11009
11010 \(fn)" nil nil)
11011
11012 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11013 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11014
11015 \(fn)" nil nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11018 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11019
11020 \(fn)" nil nil)
11021
11022 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11023 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11024
11025 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11026
11027 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11028 Flyspell whole buffer.
11029
11030 \(fn)" t nil)
11031
11032 ;;;***
11033 \f
11034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21710 25077 540663
11035 ;;;;;; 83000))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11037 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11038
11039 ;;;***
11040 \f
11041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21710 25077 540663 83000))
11042 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11043
11044 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11045 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11046
11047 \(fn)" nil nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11050 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11051
11052 \(fn)" nil nil)
11053
11054 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11055 Toggle Follow mode.
11056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11059
11060 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11061 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11062
11063 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11064 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11065 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11066
11067 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11068 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11069 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11070 movement commands.
11071
11072 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11073 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11074 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11075 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11076 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11077 mileage may vary).
11078
11079 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11080 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11081
11082 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11083
11084 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11085
11086 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11087 \\{follow-mode-map}
11088
11089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11090
11091 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11092 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11093
11094 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11095 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11096 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11097 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11098 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11099 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11100
11101 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11102 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11103 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11104
11105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11106
11107 ;;;***
11108 \f
11109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21710 25077
11110 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11112 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11113
11114 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11115 Toggle Footnote mode.
11116 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11117 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11118 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11119
11120 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11121 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11122 play around with the following keys:
11123 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11124
11125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11126
11127 ;;;***
11128 \f
11129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21710 25077 541663 78000))
11130 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11131
11132 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11133 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11134
11135 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11136 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11137 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11138 C-c < forms-first-record <
11139 C-c > forms-last-record >
11140 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11141 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11142 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11143 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11144 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11145 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11146 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11147 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11148 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11149 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11150
11151 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11152
11153 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11154 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11155
11156 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11157
11158 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11159 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11160
11161 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11162
11163 ;;;***
11164 \f
11165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21710 25077
11166 ;;;;;; 690662 414000))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11168
11169 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11170 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11171 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11172
11173 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11174 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11175
11176 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11177
11178 Key definitions:
11179 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11180
11181 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11182
11183 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11184 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11185 `fortran-do-indent'
11186 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11187 `fortran-if-indent'
11188 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11189 `fortran-structure-indent'
11190 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11191 (default 3)
11192 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11193 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11194 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11195 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11196 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11197 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11198 nil don't change the indentation
11199 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11200 value of either
11201 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11202 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11203 depending on the continuation format in use.
11204 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11205 indentation for a line of code.
11206 (default 'fixed)
11207 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11208 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11209 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11210 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11211 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11212 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11213 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11214 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11215 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11216 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11217 column 5.
11218 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11219 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11220 statements (default nil).
11221 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11222 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11223 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11224 `fortran-continuation-string'
11225 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11226 line (default \"$\").
11227 `fortran-comment-region'
11228 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11229 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11230 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11231 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11232 as typed (default t).
11233 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11234 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11235
11236 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11237 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11238
11239 \(fn)" t nil)
11240
11241 ;;;***
11242 \f
11243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21710 25077 671662
11244 ;;;;;; 499000))
11245 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11246
11247 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11248 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11249
11250 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11251 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11252
11253 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11254
11255 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11256 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11257
11258 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11259 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11260
11261 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11262
11263 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11264 Compile fortune file.
11265
11266 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11267 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11268
11269 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11270
11271 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11272 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11273
11274 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11275 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11276 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11277 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11278
11279 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11280
11281 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11282 Display a fortune cookie.
11283 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11284 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11285 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11286 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11287
11288 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11289
11290 ;;;***
11291 \f
11292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21788 61018 468424
11293 ;;;;;; 812000))
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11295
11296 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11297 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11298 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11299
11300 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11301 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11302 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11303
11304 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11305 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11306
11307 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11308 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11309
11310 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11311 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11312 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11313 intend to modify existing values, do
11314
11315 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11316
11317 before changing anything.
11318
11319 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11320 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11321
11322 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11323 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11324 to restore the frame.
11325
11326 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11327 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11328 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11329
11330 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11331 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11332 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11333 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11334 FILTER A filter function.
11335
11336 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11337 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11338
11339 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11340
11341 where
11342
11343 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11344 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11345 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11346 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11347 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11348 before restoring it.
11349 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11350
11351 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11352 It must return:
11353 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11354 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11355 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11356
11357 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11358 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11359
11360 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11361 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11362 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11363 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11364 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11365 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11366 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11367
11368 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11369
11370 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11371 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11372
11373 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11374
11375 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11376 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11377 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11378 If nil, check all live frames.
11379
11380 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11381
11382 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11383 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11384 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11385 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11386 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11387 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11388 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11389 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11390 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11391 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11392 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11393
11394 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11395
11396 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11397 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11398
11399 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11400 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11401 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11402 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11403 and window-state is not restored.
11404
11405 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11406 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11407
11408 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11409 t All existing frames can be reused.
11410 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11411 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11412 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11413 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11414
11415 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11416 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11417 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11418 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11419 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11420 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11421 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11422 be created from that parameter alist.
11423
11424 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11425 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11426 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11427 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11428 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11429 - the live frame just restored,
11430 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11431 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11432 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11433
11434 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11435 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11436 nil Keep all frames.
11437 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11438 - FRAME, a live frame.
11439 - ACTION, which can be one of
11440 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11441 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11442 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11443 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11444 Return value is ignored.
11445
11446 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11447 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11448 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11449 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11450 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11451
11452 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11453
11454 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11455
11456 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11457 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11458 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11459
11460 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11461
11462 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11463 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11464 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11465 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11466
11467 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11468
11469 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11470
11471 ;;;***
11472 \f
11473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21788 61018
11474 ;;;;;; 571424 870000))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11476 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11477
11478 ;;;***
11479 \f
11480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21788 61018
11481 ;;;;;; 591424 882000))
11482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11483
11484 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11485 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11486 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11487
11488 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11489
11490 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11491 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11492 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11493 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11494 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11495 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11496 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11497
11498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11499
11500 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11501 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11502 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11503 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11504
11505 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11506 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11507 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11508 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11509 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11510
11511 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11512 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11513 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11514 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11515
11516 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11517 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11518 shown in some of the buffers.
11519
11520 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11521
11522 The following commands help control operation :
11523
11524 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11525 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11526
11527 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11528 detailed description of this mode.
11529
11530
11531 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11532 | GDB Toolbar |
11533 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11534 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11535 | | |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11540 | | (comint-mode) |
11541 | | |
11542 | | |
11543 | | |
11544 | | |
11545 | | |
11546 | | |
11547 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11548 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11549 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11550 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11551 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11552 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11553
11554 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11555
11556 ;;;***
11557 \f
11558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21710 25077
11559 ;;;;;; 517663 185000))
11560 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11561
11562 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11563 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11564 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11565 instead (which see).")
11566
11567 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11568 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11569
11570 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11571 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11572 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11573 documentation string instead.
11574
11575 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11576 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11577 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11578 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11579 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11580 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11581 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11582 enders are actually possible.
11583
11584 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11585 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11586
11587 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11588 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11589 `font-lock-keywords'.
11590
11591 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11592 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11593 runs the macro expansion.
11594
11595 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11596 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11597 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11598
11599 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11600
11601 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11602
11603 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11604
11605 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11606
11607 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11608 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11609
11610 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11611
11612 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11613 Enter generic mode MODE.
11614
11615 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11616 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11617 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11618
11619 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11620 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11621
11622 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11623
11624 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11625 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11626 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11627 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11628 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11629 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11630 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11631 `font-lock-keywords'.
11632
11633 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11634
11635 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11636
11637 ;;;***
11638 \f
11639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21710 25077
11640 ;;;;;; 691662 409000))
11641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11642
11643 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11644 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11646 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11647 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11648 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11649
11650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11651
11652 ;;;***
11653 \f
11654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21788 61018
11655 ;;;;;; 479424 818000))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11657
11658 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11659 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11660 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11661
11662 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11663
11664 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11665 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11666
11667 Guideline for numbers:
11668 1 - error messages
11669 3 - non-serious error messages
11670 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11671 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11672 9 - messages inside loops.
11673
11674 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11675
11676 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11677 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11678 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11679
11680 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11681
11682 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11683 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11684
11685 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11688 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11689
11690 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11691 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11692 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11693 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11694 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11695 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11696
11697 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11698 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11699 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11700 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11701 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11702
11703 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11704
11705 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11706
11707 ;;;***
11708 \f
11709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21788 61018 490424 824000))
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11711 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11712 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11713 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11714
11715 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11716 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11717
11718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11721 Read network news.
11722 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11723 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11724 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11725 name of an NNTP server to use.
11726 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11727 server.
11728
11729 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11730
11731 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11732 Read news as a slave.
11733
11734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11737 Pop up a frame to read news.
11738 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11739 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11740 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11741 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11742 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11743 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11744 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11745 current display is used.
11746
11747 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11748
11749 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11750 Read network news.
11751 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11752 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11753 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11754
11755 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11756
11757 ;;;***
11758 \f
11759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21710 25077
11760 ;;;;;; 551663 34000))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11762
11763 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11764 Start Gnus unplugged.
11765
11766 \(fn)" t nil)
11767
11768 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11769 Start Gnus plugged.
11770
11771 \(fn)" t nil)
11772
11773 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11775
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11777
11778 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11780
11781 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11782 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11783 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11784
11785 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11786 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11787 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11788
11789 \(fn)" t nil)
11790
11791 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11792 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11793
11794 \(fn)" nil nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11798 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11801 supported.
11802
11803 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11804
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11807 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11808 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11809 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11810 supported.
11811
11812 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11813
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11816
11817 \(fn)" nil nil)
11818
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11821 downloaded into the agent.
11822
11823 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11824
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11826 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11827 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11828 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11829
11830 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11834
11835 \(fn)" t nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11839
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11841
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11843 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11844 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11845
11846 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11847
11848 ;;;***
11849 \f
11850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21788 61018
11851 ;;;;;; 481424 819000))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11853
11854 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11855 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11856
11857 \(fn)" nil nil)
11858
11859 ;;;***
11860 \f
11861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21788
11862 ;;;;;; 61018 481424 819000))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11864
11865 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11866 Set a bookmark for this article.
11867
11868 \(fn)" t nil)
11869
11870 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11871 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11872
11873 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11874
11875 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11876 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11877 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11878 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11879 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11880
11881 \(fn)" t nil)
11882
11883 ;;;***
11884 \f
11885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21788 61018
11886 ;;;;;; 481424 819000))
11887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11888
11889 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11890 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11891
11892 Usage:
11893 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11894
11895 \(fn)" t nil)
11896
11897 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11898 Generate the cache active file.
11899
11900 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11901
11902 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11903 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11904
11905 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11908 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11909 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11910 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11911 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11912 supported.
11913
11914 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11915
11916 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11917 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11918 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11919 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11920 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11921 supported.
11922
11923 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11924
11925 ;;;***
11926 \f
11927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21788 61018
11928 ;;;;;; 481424 819000))
11929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11930
11931 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11932 Delay this article by some time.
11933 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11934
11935 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11936 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11937
11938 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11939 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11940
11941 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11942 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11943
11944 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11945
11946 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11947 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11948
11949 \(fn)" t nil)
11950
11951 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11952 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11953 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11954 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11955
11956 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11957 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11958
11959 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11960
11961 ;;;***
11962 \f
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21710 25077
11964 ;;;;;; 553663 25000))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11968
11969
11970 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11971
11972 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11973
11974
11975 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11976
11977 ;;;***
11978 \f
11979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21710 25077
11980 ;;;;;; 553663 25000))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11982
11983 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11984 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11985
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11987
11988 ;;;***
11989 \f
11990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21710 25077
11991 ;;;;;; 553663 25000))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11993
11994 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11995 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11996
11997 \(fn)" t nil)
11998
11999 ;;;***
12000 \f
12001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21788 61018
12002 ;;;;;; 482424 820000))
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12004
12005 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12006 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12007
12008 \(fn)" t nil)
12009
12010 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12011 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12012
12013 \(fn)" t nil)
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12016 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12017
12018 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12019 different input formats.
12020
12021 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12022
12023 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12024 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12025
12026 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12027 different input formats.
12028
12029 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12030
12031 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12032 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12033 The PNG is returned as a string.
12034
12035 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12038 Convert FILE to a Face.
12039 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12040 726 bytes.
12041
12042 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12043
12044 ;;;***
12045 \f
12046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21710
12047 ;;;;;; 25077 554663 20000))
12048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12049
12050 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12051 Display gravatar in the From header.
12052 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12053
12054 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12057 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12058 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12059
12060 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12061
12062 ;;;***
12063 \f
12064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21788 61018
12065 ;;;;;; 482424 820000))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12067
12068 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12069 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12070 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12071 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12072
12073 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12074
12075 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12076 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12077
12078 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12079
12080 ;;;***
12081 \f
12082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21788 61018
12083 ;;;;;; 482424 820000))
12084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12085
12086 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12087
12088
12089 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12090
12091 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12092
12093
12094 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12095
12096 ;;;***
12097 \f
12098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21710 25077
12099 ;;;;;; 555663 16000))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12101
12102 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12103
12104 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12105 Run batched scoring.
12106 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12107
12108 \(fn)" t nil)
12109
12110 ;;;***
12111 \f
12112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21710 25077 555663
12113 ;;;;;; 16000))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12115
12116 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12117
12118
12119 \(fn)" nil nil)
12120
12121 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12122 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12123 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12124
12125 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12126
12127 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12128 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12129
12130 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12131
12132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12133
12134 ;;;***
12135 \f
12136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21788 61018
12137 ;;;;;; 484424 821000))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12139
12140 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12141 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12142 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12143 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12144 group parameters.
12145
12146 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12147 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12148 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12149 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12150
12151 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12152 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12153 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12154 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12155 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12156 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12157 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12158 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12159 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12160 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12161
12162 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12165 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12166 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12167 nil CATCH-ALL).
12168
12169 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12170 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12171
12172 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12175 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12176 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12177
12178 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12179
12180 \(fn)" nil nil)
12181
12182 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12183 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12184 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12185
12186 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12187
12188 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12189 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12190 existing groups are considered.
12191
12192 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12193 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12194 returned.
12195
12196 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12197 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12198 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12199 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12200 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12201 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12202 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12203 clauses will be generated.
12204
12205 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12206 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12207 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12208 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12209 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12210 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12211
12212 For example, given the following group parameters:
12213
12214 nnml:mail.bar:
12215 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12216 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12217 nnml:mail.foo:
12218 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12219 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12220 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12221 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12222 nnml:mail.others:
12223 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12224
12225 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12226
12227 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12228 \"mail.bar\")
12229 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12230 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12231 \"mail.others\")
12232
12233 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12234
12235 ;;;***
12236 \f
12237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21788 61018
12238 ;;;;;; 485424 822000))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12240
12241 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12242 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12243 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12244 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12245 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12246 instead.
12247
12248 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12249
12250 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12251 Mail to ADDRESS.
12252
12253 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12254
12255 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12256 Like `message-reply'.
12257
12258 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12259
12260 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12261
12262 ;;;***
12263 \f
12264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12265 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 485424 822000))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12267
12268 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12269 Send a notification on new message.
12270 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12271 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12272 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12273
12274 This is typically a function to add in
12275 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12276
12277 \(fn)" nil nil)
12278
12279 ;;;***
12280 \f
12281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21788 61018
12282 ;;;;;; 485424 822000))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12284
12285 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the From header.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12288
12289 \(fn)" t nil)
12290
12291 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12292 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12293 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12294
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12296
12297 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12298 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12299 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12300
12301 \(fn)" t nil)
12302
12303 ;;;***
12304 \f
12305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21710 25077
12306 ;;;;;; 556663 11000))
12307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12308
12309 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12310 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12311 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12312 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12313
12314 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12315
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12317 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12318 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12319 LIST1 is modified.
12320
12321 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12322
12323 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12324 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12325 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12326
12327 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12328
12329 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12330
12331
12332 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12333
12334 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12335 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12336 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12337
12338 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12339
12340 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12341 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12342 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12343
12344 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12345
12346 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12349 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12350 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12351
12352 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12353
12354 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12355 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12356 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12357
12358 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12359
12360 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12361 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12362 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12363
12364 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12365
12366 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12367 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12368
12369 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12370
12371 ;;;***
12372 \f
12373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21788
12374 ;;;;;; 61018 485424 822000))
12375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12376
12377 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12378 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12379
12380 \(fn)" t nil)
12381
12382 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12383 Install the registry hooks.
12384
12385 \(fn)" t nil)
12386
12387 ;;;***
12388 \f
12389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21710 25077
12390 ;;;;;; 557663 7000))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12392
12393 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12394 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12395 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12396 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12397 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12398 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12399
12400 \(fn)" t nil)
12401
12402 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12403 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12404 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12405 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12406 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12407
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12409
12410 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12411
12412
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12414
12415 ;;;***
12416 \f
12417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21788 61018
12418 ;;;;;; 486424 822000))
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12420
12421 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12422 Update the format specification near point.
12423
12424 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12425
12426 ;;;***
12427 \f
12428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21788 61018
12429 ;;;;;; 486424 822000))
12430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12431
12432 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12433 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12434
12435 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12436
12437 ;;;***
12438 \f
12439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21788 61018
12440 ;;;;;; 489424 824000))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12442
12443 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12444 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12445 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12446
12447 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12448
12449 ;;;***
12450 \f
12451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21710 25077
12452 ;;;;;; 560662 994000))
12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12454
12455 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12456 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12457
12458 \(fn)" t nil)
12459
12460 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12461 Install the sync hooks.
12462
12463 \(fn)" t nil)
12464
12465 ;;;***
12466 \f
12467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21710 25077
12468 ;;;;;; 561662 989000))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12470
12471 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12472 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12473
12474 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12475
12476 ;;;***
12477 \f
12478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21788 61018 538424
12479 ;;;;;; 852000))
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12481
12482 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12483 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12484 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12485 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12486 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12487 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12488
12489 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12490
12491 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12492
12493 ;;;***
12494 \f
12495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21710 25077 672662
12496 ;;;;;; 494000))
12497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12498
12499 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12500 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12501
12502 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12503 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12504 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12505
12506 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12507 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12508 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12509
12510 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12511 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12512
12513 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12514 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12515
12516 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12517
12518 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12519
12520 ;;;***
12521 \f
12522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21710 25077
12523 ;;;;;; 620662 726000))
12524 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12525
12526 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12527
12528 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12529 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12530 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12531 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12532 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12533
12534 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12535
12536 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12537 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12538 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12539 or to send e-mail.
12540 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12541 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12542
12543 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12544 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12545
12546 \(fn)" t nil)
12547 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12548
12549 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12550 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12552 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12553 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12554
12555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12556
12557 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12558 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12559
12560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12561
12562 ;;;***
12563 \f
12564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21788 61018
12565 ;;;;;; 490424 824000))
12566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12567
12568 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12569 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12570 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12571
12572 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12573
12574 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12575 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12576
12577 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12578
12579 ;;;***
12580 \f
12581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21788 61018 591424
12582 ;;;;;; 882000))
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12584
12585 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12586 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12587
12588 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12589
12590 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12591 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12592 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12593 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12594 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12595
12596 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12597 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12598 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12599
12600 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12601
12602 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12603 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12604 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12605 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12606 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12607
12608 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12609
12610 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12611 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12612
12613 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12614
12615 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12616 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12617
12618 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12619 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12620 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12621
12622 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12623 The default find program.
12624 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12625 and others.")
12626
12627 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12628 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12629 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12630 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12631
12632 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12633 How to invoke find and grep.
12634 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12635 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12636 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12637 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12638
12639 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12640
12641 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12642 History list for grep.")
12643
12644 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12645 History list for grep-find.")
12646
12647 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12648 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12649 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12650
12651 \(fn)" nil nil)
12652
12653 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12654
12655
12656 \(fn)" nil nil)
12657
12658 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12659 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12660
12661 \(fn)" nil nil)
12662
12663 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12664 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12665 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12666 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12667 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12668
12669 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12670 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12671
12672 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12673 can easily repeat a grep command.
12674
12675 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12676 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12677 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12678 list is empty).
12679
12680 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12681
12682 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12683 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12684 Collect output in a buffer.
12685 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12686 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12687
12688 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12689 easily repeat a find command.
12690
12691 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12692
12693 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12694
12695 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12696 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12697 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12698 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12699 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12700
12701 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12702 before it is executed.
12703 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12704
12705 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12706 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12707 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12708
12709 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12710
12711 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12712
12713 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12714 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12715 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12716 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12717 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12718
12719 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12720 before it is executed.
12721 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12722
12723 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12724 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12725 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12726 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12727
12728 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12729
12730 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12731 to specify a command to run.
12732
12733 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12734
12735 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12736 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12737 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12738 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12739
12740 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12741
12742 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12743
12744 ;;;***
12745 \f
12746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21710 25077 573662 936000))
12747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12748
12749 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12750 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12751 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12752 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12753 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12754
12755 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12756
12757 ;;;***
12758 \f
12759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21788 61018 592424
12760 ;;;;;; 882000))
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12762
12763 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12764 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12765 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12766 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12767
12768 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12769
12770 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12771 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12772 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12773 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12774
12775 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12776
12777 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12778 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12779 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12780 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12781
12782 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12783
12784 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12785 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12786 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12787 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12788
12789 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12790 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12791
12792 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12793
12794 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12795 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12796 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12797 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12798
12799 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12800
12801 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12802 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12803 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12804 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12805
12806 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12807
12808 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12809 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12810 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12811 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12812 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12813
12814 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12815 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12816 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12817 original source file access method.
12818
12819 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12820 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12821
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12823
12824 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12825 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12826
12827 \(fn)" t nil)
12828
12829 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12830 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12831 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12834 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12835
12836 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12837
12838 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12839 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12841 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12842 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12843
12844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12845
12846 ;;;***
12847 \f
12848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21788 61018 452424
12849 ;;;;;; 803000))
12850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12851
12852 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12853 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12854 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12855 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12856 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12857 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12858 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12859 set it to.
12860 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12861
12862 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12863
12864 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12865 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12866 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12867 of PLACE.
12868 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12869 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12870 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12871 and SETTER.
12872 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12873 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12874
12875 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12876
12877 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12878
12879 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12880 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12881 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12882 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12883 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12884
12885 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12886
12887 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12888
12889 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12890
12891
12892 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12893
12894 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12895
12896 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12897
12898 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12899 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12900 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12901 well for simple place forms.
12902 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12903 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12904 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12905 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12906 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12907 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12908 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12909
12910 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12911
12912 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12913
12914 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12915 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12916 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12917 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12918 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12919
12920 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12921 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12922 (let ((temp VAL))
12923 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12924 temp)
12925 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12926
12927 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12928
12929 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12930 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12931 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12932 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12933 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12934 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12935
12936 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12937
12938 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12939
12940 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12941 Return a reference to PLACE.
12942 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12943 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12944 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12945 binding mode.
12946
12947 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12948
12949 ;;;***
12950 \f
12951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21710 25077
12952 ;;;;;; 672662 494000))
12953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12954
12955 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12956 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12957 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12958 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12959
12960 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12961 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12962 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12963 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12964
12965 \(fn)" t nil)
12966
12967 ;;;***
12968 \f
12969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21676 8647 77439 0))
12970 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12971
12972 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12973 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12974
12975 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12976
12977 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12978 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12979 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12980 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12981
12982 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12983
12984 \(fn)" t nil)
12985
12986 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12987 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12988 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12989 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12990 to be updated.
12991
12992 \(fn)" t nil)
12993
12994 ;;;***
12995 \f
12996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21788 61018
12997 ;;;;;; 524424 844000))
12998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12999
13000 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13001 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13002
13003 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13004
13005 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13006 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13007 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13008
13009 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13012 Verify a hashcash payment
13013
13014 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13015
13016 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13017 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13018 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13019 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13020 `mail-add-payment-async').
13021
13022 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13023
13024 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13025 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13026 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13027 Calculation is asynchronous.
13028
13029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13030
13031 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13032 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13033 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13034
13035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13036
13037 ;;;***
13038 \f
13039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21710 25077 573662
13040 ;;;;;; 936000))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13042
13043 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13044 Return the help-echo string at point.
13045 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13046 property, or nil, is returned.
13047 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13048 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13049 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13050
13051 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13055 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13056 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13057 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13058
13059 \(fn)" nil nil)
13060
13061 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13062 Display local help in the echo area.
13063 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13064 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13065 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13066 printed instead.
13067
13068 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13069 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13070 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13071
13072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13073
13074 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13076 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13077
13078 \(fn)" t nil)
13079
13080 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13081 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13082 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13083
13084 \(fn)" t nil)
13085
13086 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13087 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13088 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13089 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13090 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13091 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13092 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13093 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13094 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13095 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13096 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13097
13098 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13099 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13100 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13101 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13102 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13103
13104 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13105 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13106 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13107 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13108 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13109 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13110 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13111 The default is `never'.")
13112
13113 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13114
13115 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13117 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13118 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13119 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13120 considered different regions.
13121
13122 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13123 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13124 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13125 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13126 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13127 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13128 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13129 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13130 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13131
13132 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13133
13134 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13135 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13136 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13137 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13138 different regions.
13139
13140 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13141 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13142 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13143 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13144 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13145 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13146 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13147 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13148
13149 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13150 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13151 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13152 rarely happens in practice.
13153
13154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13155
13156 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13157 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13158 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13159 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13160 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13161 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13162
13163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13164
13165 ;;;***
13166 \f
13167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21788 61018 503424
13168 ;;;;;; 832000))
13169 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13170
13171 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13172 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13173
13174 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13177 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13178 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13179
13180 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13181
13182 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13183 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13184 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13185 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13186 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13187 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13188 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13189 search for a function definition.
13190
13191 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13192 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13193 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13194 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13195 suitable file is found, return nil.
13196
13197 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13198
13199 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13200
13201
13202 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13203
13204 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13205 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13206 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13207 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13208
13209 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13210
13211 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13212 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13213 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13214 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13215 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13216 it is displayed along with the global value.
13217
13218 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13219
13220 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13221 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13222 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13223 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13224
13225 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13226
13227 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13228 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13229 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13230 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13231 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13232
13233 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13234
13235 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13236 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13237
13238 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13239
13240 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13241 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13242
13243 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13244
13245 ;;;***
13246 \f
13247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21710 25077 573662
13248 ;;;;;; 936000))
13249 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13250
13251 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13252 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13253 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13254 window listing and describing the options.
13255 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13256 gives the window that lists the options.")
13257
13258 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13259
13260 ;;;***
13261 \f
13262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21788 61018 505424
13263 ;;;;;; 833000))
13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13265
13266 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13267 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13268 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13269 Commands:
13270 \\{help-mode-map}
13271
13272 \(fn)" t nil)
13273
13274 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13275
13276
13277 \(fn)" nil nil)
13278
13279 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13280
13281
13282 \(fn)" nil nil)
13283
13284 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13285 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13286
13287 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13288 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13289 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13290 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13291
13292 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13293 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13294 restore it properly when going back.
13295
13296 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13297
13298 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13299 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13300 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13301 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13302 from `help-mode'.
13303 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13304 it does not already exist.
13305
13306 \(fn)" nil nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13309 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13310
13311 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13312 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13313 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13314 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13315 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13316 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13317 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13318 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13319
13320 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13321 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13322 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13323 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13324
13325 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13326 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13327 that.
13328
13329 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13330
13331 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13332 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13333 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13334 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13335 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13336 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13337
13338 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13339
13340 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13341 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13342 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13343 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13344 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13345
13346 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13347
13348 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13349 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13350
13351 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13352
13353 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13354 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13355 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13356 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13357
13358 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13359
13360 ;;;***
13361 \f
13362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21710 25077
13363 ;;;;;; 517663 185000))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13365
13366 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13367 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13368
13369 \(fn)" t nil)
13370
13371 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13372 Provide help for current mode.
13373
13374 \(fn)" t nil)
13375
13376 ;;;***
13377 \f
13378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21788 61018 505424 833000))
13379 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13380
13381 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13382 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13383 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13384 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13385 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13386
13387 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13388 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13389
13390 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13391 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13392 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13393 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13394
13395 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13396 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13397 periods.
13398
13399 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13400 in hexl format.
13401
13402 A sample format:
13403
13404 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13405 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13406 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13407 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13408 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13409 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13410 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13411 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13412 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13413 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13414 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13415 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13416 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13417 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13418 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13419
13420 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13421 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13422 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13423
13424 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13425 also supported.
13426
13427 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13428
13429 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13430 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13431 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13432
13433 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13434 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13435 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13436
13437 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13438 into the buffer at the current point.
13439
13440 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13441 into the buffer at the current point.
13442
13443 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13444 into the buffer at the current point.
13445
13446 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13447
13448 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13449 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13450
13451 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13452
13453 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13454
13455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13456
13457 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13458 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13459 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13460 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13461
13462 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13463
13464 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13465 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13466 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13467
13468 \(fn)" t nil)
13469
13470 ;;;***
13471 \f
13472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21788 61018 505424
13473 ;;;;;; 833000))
13474 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13475
13476 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13477 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13478 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13479 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13480 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13481
13482 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13483 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13484 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13485 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13486
13487 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13488 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13489 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13490 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13491
13492 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13493 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13494 which can be called interactively, are:
13495
13496 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13497 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13498
13499 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13500 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13501 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13502 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13503
13504 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13505 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13506
13507 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13508 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13509 available face automatically.
13510
13511 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13512 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13513
13514 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13515 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13516 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13517 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13518 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13519 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13520 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13521 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13522 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13523 function returns t.
13524
13525 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13526 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13527
13528 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13529 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13530 form:
13531 Hi-lock: FOO
13532
13533 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13534 position (number of characters into buffer)
13535 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13536 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13537 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13538
13539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13540
13541 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13542 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13543 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13546 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13547
13548 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13549
13550 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13551 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13552 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13553 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13554 ARG is omitted or nil.
13555
13556 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13557 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13558 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13559
13560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13561
13562 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13563
13564 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13565 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13566 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13567 Use the global history list for FACE.
13568
13569 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13570 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13571 highlighting will not update as you type.
13572
13573 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13574
13575 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13576
13577 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13578 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13579 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13580 Use the global history list for FACE.
13581
13582 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13583 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13584 highlighting will not update as you type.
13585
13586 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13587
13588 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13589
13590 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13591 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13592 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13593 Use the global history list for FACE.
13594
13595 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13596 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13597 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13598
13599 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13600 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13601 highlighting will not update as you type.
13602
13603 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13604
13605 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13606
13607 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13608 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13609 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13610 unless you use a prefix argument.
13611 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13612
13613 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13614 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13615
13616 \(fn)" t nil)
13617
13618 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13619
13620 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13621 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13622 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13623 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13624 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13625 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13626
13627 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13628
13629 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13630 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13631
13632 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13633 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13634 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13635
13636 \(fn)" t nil)
13637
13638 ;;;***
13639 \f
13640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21788 61018
13641 ;;;;;; 592424 882000))
13642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13643
13644 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13645 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13646 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13647 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13648 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13649
13650 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13651 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13652 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13653 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13654
13655 `hide-ifdef-env'
13656 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13657 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13658 is used.
13659
13660 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13661 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13662 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13663 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13664 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13665
13666 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13667 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13668 #endif lines when hiding.
13669
13670 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13671 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13672 is activated.
13673
13674 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13675 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13676 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13677
13678 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13679
13680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13681
13682 ;;;***
13683 \f
13684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21788 61018
13685 ;;;;;; 592424 882000))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13687
13688 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13689 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13690 Each element has the form
13691 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13692
13693 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13694 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13695
13696 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13697 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13698
13699 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13700 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13701 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13702 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13703 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13704 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13705
13706 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13707 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13708
13709 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13710 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13711
13712 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13713 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13714 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13715
13716 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13717 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13719 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13720 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13721
13722 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13723 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13724 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13725
13726 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13727 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13728 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13729
13730 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13731 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13732
13733 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13734
13735 Key bindings:
13736 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13737
13738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13739
13740 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13741 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13742
13743 \(fn)" nil nil)
13744
13745 ;;;***
13746 \f
13747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21710 25077 575662
13748 ;;;;;; 927000))
13749 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13750
13751 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13752 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13754 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13755 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13756
13757 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13758 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13759 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13760 this on and off.
13761
13762 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13763 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13764 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13765 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13766 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13767 through various faces.
13768 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13769 buffer with the contents of a file
13770 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13771
13772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13773
13774 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13775 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13776 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13777 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13778 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13779
13780 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13781 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13782 in a distinctive face.
13783
13784 The default value can be customized with variable
13785 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13786
13787 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13788
13789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13790
13791 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13792 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13793 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13794
13795 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13796
13797 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13798 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13799
13800 \(fn)" t nil)
13801
13802 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13803 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13804
13805 \(fn)" t nil)
13806
13807 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13808 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13809
13810 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13811 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13812 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13813 shown in the last face in the list.
13814
13815 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13816 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13817 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13818
13819 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13820
13821 \(fn)" t nil)
13822
13823 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13824 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13825
13826 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13827
13828 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13829 to save the file.
13830
13831 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13832 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13833
13834 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13835 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13836 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13837
13838 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13839
13840 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13841 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13842
13843 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13844 this function is called interactively.
13845
13846 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13847 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13848 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13849
13850 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13851 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13852 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13853
13854 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13855
13856 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13857 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13858 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13861 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13862
13863 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13864
13865 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13866 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13867 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13868 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13869 ARG is omitted or nil.
13870
13871 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13872 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13873 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13874
13875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13876
13877 ;;;***
13878 \f
13879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21788 61018 505424
13880 ;;;;;; 833000))
13881 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13882 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13883
13884 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13885 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13886 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13887 or insert functions in this list.")
13888
13889 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13890
13891 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13892 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13893 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13894 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13895 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13896 expansions.
13897 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13898 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13899 undoes the expansion.
13900
13901 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13902
13903 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13904 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13905 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13906 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13907
13908 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13909
13910 ;;;***
13911 \f
13912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21710 25077 575662
13913 ;;;;;; 927000))
13914 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13915
13916 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13917 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13919 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13920 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13921
13922 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13923 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13924 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13925 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13926 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13927 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13928
13929 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13930 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13931 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13932 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13933
13934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13935
13936 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13937 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13938 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13941 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13942
13943 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13944
13945 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13946 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13950
13951 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13952 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13953 windows.
13954
13955 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13956 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13957
13958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13959
13960 ;;;***
13961 \f
13962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21788 61018
13963 ;;;;;; 418424 784000))
13964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13965
13966 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13967
13968 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13969 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13971
13972 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13973
13974 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13975
13976 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13977
13978 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13979 Oriental holidays.
13980 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13981
13982 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13983
13984 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13985
13986 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13987
13988 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13989 Local holidays.
13990 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13991
13992 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13993
13994 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13995
13996 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13997
13998 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13999 User defined holidays.
14000 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14001
14002 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14003
14004 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14005
14006 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14007 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14008
14009 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14010
14011 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14012 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14013
14014 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14015
14016 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14017 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14018
14019 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14020
14021 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14022 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14023
14024 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14025
14026 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14027
14028 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14029 Jewish holidays.
14030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14031
14032 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14033
14034 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14035
14036 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14037
14038 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14039 Christian holidays.
14040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14041
14042 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14043
14044 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14045
14046 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14047
14048 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14049 Islamic holidays.
14050 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14051
14052 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14053
14054 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14055
14056 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14057
14058 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14059 Bahá'í holidays.
14060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14061
14062 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14063
14064 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14065
14066 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14067
14068 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14069 Sun-related holidays.
14070 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14071
14072 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14073
14074 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14075
14076 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14077
14078 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14079 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14080 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14081 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14082
14083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14086 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14087 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14088 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14089 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14090
14091 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14092 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14093
14094 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14095 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14096
14097 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14098 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14099 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14100 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14101 of a holiday list.
14102
14103 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14104
14105 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14106
14107 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14108
14109 ;;;***
14110 \f
14111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21710 25077
14112 ;;;;;; 562662 985000))
14113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14114
14115 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14116 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14117
14118 \(fn)" t nil)
14119
14120 ;;;***
14121 \f
14122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21788 61018
14123 ;;;;;; 506424 834000))
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14125 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14126
14127 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14128 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14129 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14130 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14131 as possible.
14132
14133 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14134 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14135 fontified display.
14136
14137 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14138 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14139
14140 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14141 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14142 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14143
14144 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14145
14146 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14147 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14148 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14149
14150 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14151
14152 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14153
14154 ;;;***
14155 \f
14156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21788 61018 506424
14157 ;;;;;; 834000))
14158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14159
14160 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14161 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14162
14163 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14164 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14165 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14166
14167 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14168 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14169 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14170 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14171 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14172 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14173
14174 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14175 title of the column.
14176
14177 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14178 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14179 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14180 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14181 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14182
14183 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14184
14185 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14186 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14187 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14188 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14189 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14190
14191 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14192 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14193 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14194
14195 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14196
14197 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14198 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14199 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14200 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14201 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14202 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14203
14204 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14205 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14206 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14207 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14208 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14209 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14210 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14211 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14212 values are:
14213 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14214 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14215 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14216 buffer's modification flag.
14217 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14218 prompted before performing this operation.
14219 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14220 operation is complete, in the form:
14221 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14222 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14223 confirmation message, in the form:
14224 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14225 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14226 macro for exactly what it does.
14227
14228 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14229
14230 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14231 Define a filter named NAME.
14232 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14233 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14234 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14235
14236 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14237 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14238 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14239 bound to the current value of the filter.
14240
14241 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14242
14243 ;;;***
14244 \f
14245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21788 61018 507424
14246 ;;;;;; 834000))
14247 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14248
14249 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14250 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14251 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14252 buffers which are visiting a file.
14253
14254 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14255
14256 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14257 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14258 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14259 buffers which are visiting a file.
14260
14261 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14262
14263 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14264 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14265 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14266
14267 All arguments are optional.
14268 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14269 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14270 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14271 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14272 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14273 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14274 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14275 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14276 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14277 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14278 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14279 that value locally in this buffer.
14280
14281 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14282
14283 ;;;***
14284 \f
14285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21788
14286 ;;;;;; 61018 418424 784000))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14288 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14289
14290 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14291 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14292 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14293 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14294
14295 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14296
14297 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14298 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14299 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14300 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14301 ICAL-FILENAME.
14302 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14303 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14304 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14305
14306 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14307
14308 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14309 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14310 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14311 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14312 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14313 non-marking or not.
14314
14315 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14316
14317 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14318 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14319
14320 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14321 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14322 DIARY-FILE.
14323
14324 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14325 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14326 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14327
14328 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14329 non-marking.
14330
14331 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14332 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14333 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14334
14335 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14336
14337 ;;;***
14338 \f
14339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21788 61018 507424
14340 ;;;;;; 834000))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14342
14343 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14344 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14345 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14347 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14348 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14349
14350 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14351
14352 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14353 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14354 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14355 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14356 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14357
14358 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14359 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14360 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14361 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14362
14363 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14364 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14365
14366 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14367 completions:
14368
14369 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14370
14371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14372
14373 ;;;***
14374 \f
14375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21710 25077 692662
14376 ;;;;;; 405000))
14377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14378
14379 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14380 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14381 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14382 Tab indents for Icon code.
14383 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14384 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14385 \\{icon-mode-map}
14386 Variables controlling indentation style:
14387 icon-tab-always-indent
14388 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14389 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14390 icon-auto-newline
14391 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14392 inserted in Icon code.
14393 icon-indent-level
14394 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14395 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14396 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14397 icon-continued-statement-offset
14398 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14399 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14400 icon-continued-brace-offset
14401 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14402 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14403 icon-brace-offset
14404 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14405 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14406 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14407 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14408
14409 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14410 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14411
14412 \(fn)" t nil)
14413
14414 ;;;***
14415 \f
14416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21788
14417 ;;;;;; 61018 593424 883000))
14418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14419
14420 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14421 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14422 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14423 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14424
14425 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14426 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14427 separate frames.
14428
14429 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14430 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14431
14432 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14433 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14434 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14435
14436 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14437
14438 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14439
14440 ;;;***
14441 \f
14442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21788 61018
14443 ;;;;;; 595424 884000))
14444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14445 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14446
14447 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14448 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14449
14450 The main features of this mode are
14451
14452 1. Indentation and Formatting
14453 --------------------------
14454 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14455 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14456
14457 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14458 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14459 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14460 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14461
14462 Comments are indented as follows:
14463
14464 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14465 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14466 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14467
14468 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14469
14470 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14471 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14472 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14473 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14474 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14475 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14476
14477 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14478 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14479 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14480 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14481
14482 2. Routine Info
14483 ------------
14484 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14485 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14486 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14487 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14488 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14489 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14490 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14491 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14492 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14493 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14494
14495 3. Online IDL Help
14496 ---------------
14497
14498 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14499 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14500 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14501 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14502
14503 4. Completion
14504 ----------
14505 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14506 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14507 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14508 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14509 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14510 upper case.
14511
14512 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14513 --------------------------------
14514 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14515 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14516
14517 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14518 \\fu FUNCTION template
14519 \\c CASE statement template
14520 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14521 \\f FOR loop template
14522 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14523 \\w WHILE loop template
14524 \\i IF statement template
14525 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14526 \\b BEGIN
14527
14528 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14529 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14530
14531 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14532 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14533 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14534 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14535
14536 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14537 -------------------------
14538 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14539 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14540
14541 7. Automatic END completion
14542 ------------------------
14543 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14544 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14545
14546 8. Hooks
14547 -----
14548 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14549 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14550
14551 9. Documentation and Customization
14552 -------------------------------
14553 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14554 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14555 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14556 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14557 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14558 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14559
14560 10.Keybindings
14561 -----------
14562 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14563 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14564 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14565
14566 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14567
14568 \(fn)" t nil)
14569
14570 ;;;***
14571 \f
14572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21788 61018 509424 835000))
14573 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14574
14575 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14576 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14577 The following values are possible:
14578 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14579 displaying...)
14580 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14581 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14582 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14583
14584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14585 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14586
14587 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14588
14589 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14590 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14591 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14592 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14593 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14594 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14595 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14596 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14597 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14598
14599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14600
14601 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14602 Switch to another buffer.
14603 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14604 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14605 in another frame.
14606
14607 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14608 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14609 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14610 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14611 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14612
14613 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14614 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14615
14616 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14617
14618 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14619 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14620 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14621 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14622 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14623 in a separate window.
14624 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14625 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14626 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14627 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14628 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14629 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14630 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14631 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14632 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14633
14634 \(fn)" t nil)
14635
14636 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14637 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14638 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14639 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14640
14641 \(fn)" t nil)
14642
14643 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14644 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14645 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14646 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14647
14648 \(fn)" t nil)
14649
14650 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14651 Kill a buffer.
14652 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14653 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14654
14655 \(fn)" t nil)
14656
14657 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14658 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14659 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14660 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14661
14662 \(fn)" t nil)
14663
14664 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14665 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14666 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14667 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14668
14669 \(fn)" t nil)
14670
14671 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14672 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14673
14674 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14675
14676 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14677 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14678 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14679 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14680 in another frame.
14681
14682 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14683 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14684 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14685 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14686 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14687 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14688
14689 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14690 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14691
14692 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14693
14694 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14695 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14696 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14697 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14698 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14699 in a separate window.
14700 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14701 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14702 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14703 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14704 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14705 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14706 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14707 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14708 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14709 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14710 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14711 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14712 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14713 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14714 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14715 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14716 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14717 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14718
14719 \(fn)" t nil)
14720
14721 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14722 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725
14726 \(fn)" t nil)
14727
14728 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14729 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14734
14735 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14736 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14739
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14741
14742 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14743 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14744 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14746
14747 \(fn)" t nil)
14748
14749 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14750 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14751 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14752 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14753
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14755
14756 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14757 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14758 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14759 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14760
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14762
14763 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14764 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14765 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14767
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14769
14770 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14771 Write current buffer to a file.
14772 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14774
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14776
14777 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14778 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14780 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14781
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14783
14784 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14785 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14786 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14788
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14790
14791 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14792 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14793 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14794 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14795 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14796 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14797
14798 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14801 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14802 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14803 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14804
14805 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14808 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14809 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14810 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14811
14812 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14813
14814 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14815 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14816 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14817 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14818 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14819 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14820 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14821 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14822 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14823 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14824 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14825 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14826 with point positioned at the end.
14827 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14828 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14829
14830 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14831
14832 ;;;***
14833 \f
14834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21788 61018 509424 835000))
14835 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14836
14837 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14838 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14839 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14840 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14841
14842 \(fn)" t nil)
14843
14844 ;;;***
14845 \f
14846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21710 25077 577662 918000))
14847 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14848
14849 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14850
14851 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14852 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14854 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14855 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14856 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14857
14858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14859
14860 ;;;***
14861 \f
14862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21710 25077 578662 913000))
14863 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14864
14865 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14866 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14867 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14868 be determined.
14869
14870 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14871
14872 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14873 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14874 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14875 be determined.
14876
14877 \(fn)" nil nil)
14878
14879 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14880 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14881 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14882 be determined.
14883
14884 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14885
14886 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14887 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14888 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14889 be determined.
14890
14891 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14892
14893 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14894 Determine and return image type.
14895 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14896 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14897 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14898 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14899 use its file extension as image type.
14900 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14901
14902 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14903
14904 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14905 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14906 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14907
14908 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14909
14910 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14911 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14912 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14913
14914 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14915 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14916 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14917 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14918 must be available.
14919
14920 \(fn)" nil nil)
14921
14922 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14923 Create an image.
14924 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14925 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14926 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14927 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14928 use its file extension as image type.
14929 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14930 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14931 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14932 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14933
14934 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14935
14936 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14937 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14938 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14939
14940 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14941
14942 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14943 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14944 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14945 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14946 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14947 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14948 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14949 POS may be an integer or marker.
14950 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14951 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14952 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14953 means display it in the right marginal area.
14954
14955 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14956
14957 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14958 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14959 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14960 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14961 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14962 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14963 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14964 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14965 means display it in the right marginal area.
14966 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14967 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14968 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14969 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14970 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14971
14972 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14973
14974 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14975 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14976 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14977 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14978 STRING is a single space.
14979 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14980 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14981 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14982 means display it in the right marginal area.
14983 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14984
14985 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14986
14987 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14988 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14989 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14990 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14991
14992 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14993
14994 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14995 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14996
14997 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14998
14999 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15000 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15001 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15002 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15003 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15004 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15005 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15006 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15007 satisfied.
15008
15009 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15010
15011 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15012
15013 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15014
15015 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15016 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15017
15018 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15019 documentation string.
15020
15021 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15022 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15023 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15024 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15025 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15026 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15027 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15028 define SYMBOL.
15029
15030 Example:
15031
15032 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15033 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15034
15035 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15036
15037 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15038
15039 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15040 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15041 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15042 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15043
15044 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15045 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15046 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15047 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15048
15049 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15050
15051 \(fn)" nil nil)
15052
15053 ;;;***
15054 \f
15055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21710 25077
15056 ;;;;;; 578662 913000))
15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15058 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15059
15060 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15061 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15062 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15063 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15064 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15065 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15066
15067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15068
15069 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15070 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15071
15072 Convenience command that:
15073
15074 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15075 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15076 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15077
15078 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15079 image files in dired and type
15080 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15081
15082 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15083
15084 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15085 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15086
15087 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15088
15089 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15090 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15091 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15092 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15093 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15094 another one).
15095
15096 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15097 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15098 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15099
15100 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15101 instead of erasing it first.
15102
15103 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15104 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15105 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15106 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15107 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15108 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15109
15110 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15111
15112 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15113 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15114 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15115 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15116 displayed.
15117
15118 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15119
15120 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15121
15122 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15123
15124 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15125 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15126
15127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15128
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15130 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15131 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15132
15133 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15134
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15136 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15137
15138 \(fn)" t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15141 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15142 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15143 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15144
15145 \(fn)" t nil)
15146
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15148 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15149
15150 \(fn)" t nil)
15151
15152 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15153 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15154
15155 \(fn)" t nil)
15156
15157 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15158 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15159
15160 \(fn)" t nil)
15161
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15163 Display current image file.
15164 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15165 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15166
15167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15168
15169 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15170 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15171
15172 \(fn)" t nil)
15173
15174 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15175 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15176 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15177 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15178 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15179 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15180 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15181
15182 \(fn)" t nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15185 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15186 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15187 easy-to-use form.
15188
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15190
15191 ;;;***
15192 \f
15193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21710 25077 578662
15194 ;;;;;; 913000))
15195 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15196
15197 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15198 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15199 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15200 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15201
15202 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15203 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15204 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15205 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15206
15207 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15208
15209 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15210 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15211 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15212 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15213
15214 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15215 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15216 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15217 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15218
15219 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15220
15221 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15222 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15223
15224 \(fn)" nil nil)
15225
15226 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15227 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15228 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15229 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15230
15231 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15232
15233 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15234 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15235 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15238 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15239
15240 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15241
15242 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15243 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15244 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15245 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15246 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15247
15248 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15249 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15250 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15251
15252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15253
15254 ;;;***
15255 \f
15256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21788 61018 509424
15257 ;;;;;; 835000))
15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15259
15260 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15261 Major mode for image files.
15262 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15263 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15264
15265 Key bindings:
15266 \\{image-mode-map}
15267
15268 \(fn)" t nil)
15269
15270 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15271 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15273 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15274 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15275
15276 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15277 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15278 actual image.
15279
15280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15281
15282 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15283 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15284 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15285 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15286 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15287 to display an image file as the actual image.
15288
15289 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15290 to display an image file as text initially.
15291
15292 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15293 on these modes.
15294
15295 \(fn)" t nil)
15296
15297 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15298
15299
15300 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15301
15302 ;;;***
15303 \f
15304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21788 61018 510424 836000))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15306
15307 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15308 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15309
15310 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15311
15312 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15313 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15314 in the buffer.
15315
15316 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15317
15318 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15319 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15320 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15321
15322 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15323
15324 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15325 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15326 Each element of this list should have the form
15327
15328 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15329
15330 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15331 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15332 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15333 matches are put).
15334 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15335 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15336 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15337 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15338 another element.
15339 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15340 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15341 the menu item.
15342 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15343 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15344 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15345 the ARGUMENTS.
15346
15347 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15348 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15349 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15350
15351 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15352 create a buffer index.
15353
15354 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15355 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15356 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15357 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15358 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15359
15360 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15361
15362 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15363 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15364
15365 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15366 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15367 called within a `save-excursion'.
15368
15369 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15370
15371 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15372
15373 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15374 Function for finding the next index position.
15375
15376 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15377 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15378 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15379 file.
15380
15381 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15382 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15383
15384 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15385
15386 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15387 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15388
15389 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15390 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15391 It should return the name for that index item.")
15392
15393 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15394
15395 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15396 Function to compare string with index item.
15397
15398 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15399 non-nil if they match.
15400
15401 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15402 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15403 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15404 arguments match\".")
15405
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15407
15408 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15409 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15410 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15411
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15413 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15414
15415 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15416
15417 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15418
15419 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15420 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15421 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15422 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15423
15424 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15425
15426 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15427 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15428
15429 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15430
15431 \(fn)" t nil)
15432
15433 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15434 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15435 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15436 for more information.
15437
15438 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15439
15440 ;;;***
15441 \f
15442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21710 25077
15443 ;;;;;; 590662 860000))
15444 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15445
15446 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15447 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15448
15449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15450
15451 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15452
15453
15454 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15455
15456 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15457
15458
15459 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15460
15461 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15462
15463
15464 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15465
15466 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15467 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15468
15469 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15470
15471 ;;;***
15472 \f
15473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21788 61018
15474 ;;;;;; 595424 884000))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15476
15477 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15478 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15479 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15480 to that buffer.
15481 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15482 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15483 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15484 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15485
15486 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15487
15488 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15489
15490 ;;;***
15491 \f
15492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21788 61018 511424 836000))
15493 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15494
15495 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15496 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15497 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15498 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15499 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15500 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15501 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15502 first in this list.
15503
15504 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15505 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15506 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15507 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15508 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15509
15510 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15511 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15512 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15513
15514 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15515 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15516
15517 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15518 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15519
15520 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15521 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15522 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15523 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15524 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15525 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15526 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15527 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15528 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15529 with the top-level Info directory.
15530
15531 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15532 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15533
15534 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15535
15536 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15537 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15538 in all the directories in that path.
15539
15540 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15541
15542 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15543
15544 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15545 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15546
15547 \(fn)" t nil)
15548
15549 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15550 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15551
15552 \(fn)" t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15555 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15556 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15557 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15558
15559 \(fn)" nil nil)
15560
15561 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15562 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15563 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15564 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15565
15566 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15567
15568 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15569 Go to the Info directory node.
15570
15571 \(fn)" t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15574 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15575 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15576 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15577 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15578 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15579
15580 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15581
15582 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15583 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15584 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15585
15586 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15587
15588 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15589 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15590 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15591 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15592 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15593
15594 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15597 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15598 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15599 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15600 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15601
15602 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15603 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15604
15605 Selecting other nodes:
15606 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15607 Follow a node reference you click on.
15608 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15609 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15610 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15611 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15612 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15613 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15614 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15615 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15616 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15617 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15618 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15619 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15620 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15621 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15622 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15623 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15624 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15625 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15626 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15627 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15628
15629 Moving within a node:
15630 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15631 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15632 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15633 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15634 move up to the parent node.
15635 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15636 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15637 if there is none.
15638 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15639
15640 Advanced commands:
15641 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15642 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15643 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15644 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15645 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15646 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15647 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15648 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15649 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15650 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15651 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15652 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15653 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15654 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15655 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15656 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15657
15658 \(fn)" t nil)
15659 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15660
15661 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15662 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15663 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15664 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15665 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15666 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15667
15668 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15669 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15670
15671 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15672 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15673 KEY is a string.
15674 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15675 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15676 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15677 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15678
15679 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15682 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15683 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15684
15685 \(fn)" t nil)
15686
15687 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15688 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15689 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15690
15691 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15692
15693 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15694 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15695 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15696 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15697
15698 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15699
15700 ;;;***
15701 \f
15702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21788 61018 510424
15703 ;;;;;; 836000))
15704 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15705
15706 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15707 Throw away all cached data.
15708 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15709 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15710 system.
15711
15712 \(fn)" t nil)
15713 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15714
15715 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15716 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15717 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15718 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15719 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15720 one found at point.
15721
15722 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15723
15724 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15725 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15726
15727 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15728 Display the documentation of a file.
15729 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15730 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15731 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15732 The default file name is the one found at point.
15733
15734 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15735
15736 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15737
15738 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15739 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15740
15741 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15742
15743 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15744 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15745
15746 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15747
15748 ;;;***
15749 \f
15750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21710 25077 579662
15751 ;;;;;; 909000))
15752 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15753 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15754
15755 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15756 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15757 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15758 current info file is the default.
15759
15760 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15761 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15762 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15763 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15764 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15765
15766 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15767 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15768 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15769 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15770 mistake in the reference.
15771
15772 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15773 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15774 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15775
15776 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15777 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15778 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15779 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15780
15781 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15782
15783 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15784 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15785 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15786 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15787 checked.
15788
15789 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15790 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15791 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15792 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15793 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15794 should be harmless.
15795
15796 \(fn)" t nil)
15797
15798 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15799 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15800 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15801 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15802
15803 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15804 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15805 and can take a long time.
15806
15807 \(fn)" t nil)
15808
15809 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15810 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15811 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15812
15813 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15814
15815 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15816 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15817
15818 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15819 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15820 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15821 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15822 all builtins).
15823
15824 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15825 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15826 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15827 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15828 the sources handy.
15829
15830 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15831
15832 ;;;***
15833 \f
15834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21710 25077 580662
15835 ;;;;;; 905000))
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15837
15838 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15839 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15840
15841 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15842
15843 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15844 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15845
15846 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15847
15848 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15849 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15850 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15851 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15852
15853 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15854 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15855 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15856
15857 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15858 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15859 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15860 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15861
15862 \(fn)" t nil)
15863
15864 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15865 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15866 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15867
15868 \(fn)" t nil)
15869
15870 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15871 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15872 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15873 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15874 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15875
15876 \(fn)" nil nil)
15877
15878 ;;;***
15879 \f
15880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21710 25077
15881 ;;;;;; 488663 314000))
15882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15883 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15884
15885 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15886 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15887 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15888
15889 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15890
15891 ;;;***
15892 \f
15893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21710
15894 ;;;;;; 25077 581662 900000))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15896
15897 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15898 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15899
15900 \(fn)" t nil)
15901
15902 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15903 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15904
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15908
15909
15910 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15911
15912 ;;;***
15913 \f
15914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21788 61018 516424
15915 ;;;;;; 839000))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15917 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15918
15919 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15920 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15921 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15922 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15923 accessed via isearchb.
15924
15925 \(fn)" t nil)
15926
15927 ;;;***
15928 \f
15929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21710
15930 ;;;;;; 25077 581662 900000))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15932
15933 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15934 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15935 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15936 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15937 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15938
15939 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15940
15941 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15942 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15943 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15944 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15945 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15946
15947 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15948
15949 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15950 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15951 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15952 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15953 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15954
15955 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15956
15957 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15958 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15959 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15960 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15961 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15962
15963 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15964
15965 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15966 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15967 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15968 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15969 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15970
15971 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15972
15973 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15978
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15983 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15991 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15992 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15993
15994 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15995
15996 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15997 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15998 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15999 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000
16001 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002
16003 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16004 Warn that format is read-only.
16005
16006 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16007
16008 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16009 Warn that format is write-only.
16010
16011 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16012
16013 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16015
16016 \(fn)" t nil)
16017
16018 ;;;***
16019 \f
16020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16021 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 581662 900000))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16023 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16024 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16025
16026 ;;;***
16027 \f
16028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21788 61018
16029 ;;;;;; 626424 902000))
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16031
16032 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16033
16034 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16035 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16036 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16037 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16038 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16039
16040 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16041
16042 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16043
16044 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16045 Key map for ispell menu.")
16046
16047 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16048 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16049 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16050 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16051
16052 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16053
16054 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16055
16056 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16057
16058 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16059
16060 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16061 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16062 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16063 Valid forms include:
16064 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16065 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16066 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16067 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16068
16069 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16070 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16071 First list is used raw.
16072 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16073
16074 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16075 for skipping in latex mode.")
16076
16077 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16078 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16079 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16080 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16081 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16082 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16083 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16084
16085 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16086 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16087 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16088 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16089
16090 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16091 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16092 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16093 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16094 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16095
16096 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16097 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16098
16099 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16100 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16101
16102 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16103 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16104
16105 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16106 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16107
16108 Return values:
16109 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16110 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16111 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16112 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16113 quit spell session exited.
16114
16115 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16116
16117 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16118 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16119 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16120
16121 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16122
16123 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16124 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16125
16126 Selections are:
16127
16128 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16129 SPC: Accept word this time.
16130 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16131 `a': Accept word for this session.
16132 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16133 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16134 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16135 `?': Show these commands.
16136 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16137 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16138 the aborted check to be completed later.
16139 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16140 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16141 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16142 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16143 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16144 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16145 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16146
16147 \(fn)" nil nil)
16148
16149 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16150 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16151 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16152 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16153
16154 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16155
16156 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16157 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16158 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16159 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16160
16161 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16162
16163 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16164
16165 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16166 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16167 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16168 amount for last line processed.
16169
16170 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16171
16172 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16173 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16174
16175 \(fn)" t nil)
16176
16177 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16178 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16179
16180 \(fn)" t nil)
16181
16182 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16183 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16184 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16185
16186 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16187
16188 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16189 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16190
16191 \(fn)" t nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16194 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16195 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16196 sequence inside of a word.
16197
16198 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16199
16200 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16201
16202 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16203 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16204
16205 \(fn)" t nil)
16206
16207 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16208 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16209 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16210 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16211
16212 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16213 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16214 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16215 available on the net.
16216
16217 \(fn)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16220 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16221 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16222 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16223 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16224
16225 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16226 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16227 spelled.
16228
16229 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16230 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16231 SPC.
16232
16233 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16234 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16235
16236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16237
16238 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16239 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16240 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16241 Don't check included messages.
16242
16243 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16244 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16245 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16246
16247 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16248 in your init file:
16249 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16250 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16251 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16252 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16253
16254 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16255 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16256 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16257
16258 \(fn)" t nil)
16259
16260 ;;;***
16261 \f
16262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21710
16263 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
16264 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16265
16266 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16267
16268
16269 \(fn)" nil nil)
16270
16271 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16272 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16273 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16274 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16275 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16276 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16277 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16278 necessary to represent OBJ.
16279
16280 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16281
16282 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16283 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16284 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16285 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16286
16287 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16288
16289 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16290 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16291 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16292 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16293 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16294
16295 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16296
16297 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16298 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16299 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16300 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16301
16302 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16303
16304 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16305 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16306 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16307 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16308
16309 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16310
16311 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16312 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16313
16314 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16315
16316 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16317 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16318 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16319 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16320 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16321
16322 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16323
16324 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16325 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16326 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16327 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16328 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16329
16330 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16331
16332 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16333 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16334 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16335
16336 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16337
16338 ;;;***
16339 \f
16340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21710 25077 586662
16341 ;;;;;; 878000))
16342 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16343
16344 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16345 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16346 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16347 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16348
16349 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16350
16351
16352 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16353
16354 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16355 Uninstall jka-compr.
16356 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16357 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16358 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16359
16360 \(fn)" nil nil)
16361
16362 ;;;***
16363 \f
16364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21788 61018 596424
16365 ;;;;;; 885000))
16366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16367 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16368
16369 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16370 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16371
16372 \(fn)" t nil)
16373 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16374
16375 ;;;***
16376 \f
16377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21788 61018 516424 839000))
16378 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16379 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16380
16381 ;;;***
16382 \f
16383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21710 25077
16384 ;;;;;; 522663 163000))
16385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16386
16387 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16388 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16389 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16390 decimal key must be specified.")
16391
16392 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16393
16394 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16395 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16396 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16397 decimal key must be specified.")
16398
16399 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16400
16401 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16402 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16403 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16404 decimal key must be specified.")
16405
16406 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16407
16408 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16409 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16410 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16411 decimal key must be specified.")
16412
16413 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16414
16415 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16416 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16417 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16418 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16419 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16420 keys are bound.
16421
16422 Setup Binding
16423 -------------------------------------------------------------
16424 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16425 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16426 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16427 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16428 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16429 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16430 in the global and local keymaps.
16431
16432 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16433 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16434
16435 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16436
16437 ;;;***
16438 \f
16439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21710
16440 ;;;;;; 25077 581662 900000))
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16442
16443 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16444 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16445 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16446
16447 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16448 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16449 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16450 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16451 shorter.
16452
16453 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16454 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16455 the context of text formatting.
16456
16457 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16458
16459 ;;;***
16460 \f
16461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21710 25077 581662
16462 ;;;;;; 900000))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16464
16465 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16466 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16467 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16468 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16469 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16470 positions that contains the current selection.")
16471
16472 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16473 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16474 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16475 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16476 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16477 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16478 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16479
16480 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16481
16482 ;;;***
16483 \f
16484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21710 25077 586662 878000))
16485 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16486 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16487 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16488 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16489 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16490 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16491 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16492 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16493
16494 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16495 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16496 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16497
16498 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16499
16500 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16501 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16502 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16503 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16504 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16505
16506 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16507
16508 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16509 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16510 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16511
16512 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16513 defining the macro.
16514
16515 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16516 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16517 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16518
16519 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16520 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16521
16522 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16523
16524 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16525 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16526 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16527 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16528 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16529 under that name.
16530
16531 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16532 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16533 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16534
16535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16536
16537 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16538 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16539 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16540 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16541
16542 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16543 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16544 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16545 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16546
16547 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16548 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16549
16550 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16551
16552 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16553 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16554 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16555
16556 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16557 macro.
16558
16559 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16560 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16561
16562 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16563 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16564 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16565
16566 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16567 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16568
16569 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16570
16571 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16572 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16573 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16574 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16575
16576 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16577
16578 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16579 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16580 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16581 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16582
16583 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16584 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16585
16586 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16587
16588 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16589 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16590 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16591
16592 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16593
16594 ;;;***
16595 \f
16596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21710
16597 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
16598 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16599
16600 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16601 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16602 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16603
16604 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16605
16606
16607 \(fn)" nil nil)
16608
16609 ;;;***
16610 \f
16611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21788 61018
16612 ;;;;;; 571424 870000))
16613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16614
16615 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16616
16617 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16618 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16619
16620 \(fn)" t nil)
16621
16622 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16623 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16624 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16625 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16626
16627 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16628 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16629 none / 1 | yes | no
16630 2 | yes | yes
16631 3 | no | yes
16632 4 | no | no
16633
16634 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16635 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16636 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16637
16638 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16639
16640 ;;;***
16641 \f
16642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21710 25077
16643 ;;;;;; 590662 860000))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16645
16646 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16647
16648
16649 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16650
16651 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16652 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16653 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16654 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16655 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16656 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16657
16658 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16659 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16660
16661 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16662
16663 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16664 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16665
16666 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16667
16668 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16669
16670
16671 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16672
16673 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16674
16675
16676 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16677
16678 ;;;***
16679 \f
16680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21710
16681 ;;;;;; 25077 582662 895000))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16683
16684 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16685 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16686 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16687 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16688
16689 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16690
16691 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16692 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16693 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16694
16695 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16696
16697 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16698 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16699 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16700
16701 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16702
16703 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16704 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16705 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16706 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16707
16708 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16709
16710 ;;;***
16711 \f
16712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16713 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 582662 895000))
16714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16715
16716 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16717 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16718 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16719 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16720 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16721 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16722 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16723 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16724
16725 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16726 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16727
16728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16729 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16730
16731 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16732
16733 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16734 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16735 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16736 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16737 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16738 `latin1-display-setup'.
16739
16740 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16741
16742 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16743 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16744 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16745 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16746
16747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16748 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16749
16750 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16751
16752 ;;;***
16753 \f
16754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21710
16755 ;;;;;; 25077 696662 387000))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16757
16758 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16759 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16760
16761 \(fn)" t nil)
16762
16763 ;;;***
16764 \f
16765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21710 25077 672662 494000))
16766 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16767
16768 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16769 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16770 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16771 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16772 generations (this defaults to 1).
16773
16774 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16775
16776 ;;;***
16777 \f
16778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21788 61018 524424 844000))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16780 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16781
16782 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16783 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16785 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16786 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16787
16788 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16789
16790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16791
16792 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16793 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16794 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16797 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16798
16799 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16800
16801 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16802 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16803 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16804 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16805 ARG is omitted or nil.
16806
16807 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16808 `linum-on' would do it.
16809 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16810
16811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16812
16813 ;;;***
16814 \f
16815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21710 25077 599662
16816 ;;;;;; 820000))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16818
16819 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16820 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16821 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16822 is nil, raise an error.
16823
16824 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16825 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16826 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16827 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16828 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16829 defined by the library.
16830
16831 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16832 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16833 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16834 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16835 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16836 proceeds.
16837
16838 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16839 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16840 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16841 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16842
16843 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16844
16845 ;;;***
16846 \f
16847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21710 25077 600662 815000))
16848 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16849
16850 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16851 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16852 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16853
16854 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16855
16856 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16857 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16858 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16859 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16860
16861 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16862 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16863 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16864 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16865 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16866 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16867 the version.)
16868
16869 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16870 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16871
16872 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16873 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16874
16875 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16876 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16877
16878 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16879
16880 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16881 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16882 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16883 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16884 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16885 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16886 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16887 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16888 to constrain a big search.
16889
16890 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16891
16892 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16893 except that FILTER is not optional.
16894
16895 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16896
16897 ;;;***
16898 \f
16899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21710 25077 741662
16900 ;;;;;; 187000))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16902
16903 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16904 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16905 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16906 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16907 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16908 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16909 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16910 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16911 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16912 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16913
16914 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16915 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16916 associated values:
16917 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16918 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16919 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16920 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16921 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16922
16923 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16924 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16925 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16926
16927 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16928
16929 ;;;***
16930 \f
16931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21710 25077 741662
16932 ;;;;;; 187000))
16933 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16934
16935 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16936 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16937
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16939
16940 ;;;***
16941 \f
16942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21710 25077 600662 815000))
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16944
16945 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16946 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16947
16948 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16949 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16950
16951 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16952 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16953 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16954
16955 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16956 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16957
16958 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16959 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16960 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16961 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16962 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16963 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16964 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16965
16966 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16967
16968 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16969 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16970 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16971 switch on this list.
16972 See `lpr-command'.")
16973
16974 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16975
16976 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16977 Name of program for printing a file.
16978
16979 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16980 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16981 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16982 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16983 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16984 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16985 argument.")
16986
16987 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16988
16989 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16990 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16991 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16992 for customization of the printer command.
16993
16994 \(fn)" t nil)
16995
16996 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16997 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16998
16999 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17000 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17001 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17002 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17003
17004 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17005 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17006
17007 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17008 for further customization of the printer command.
17009
17010 \(fn)" t nil)
17011
17012 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17013 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17014 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17015 for customization of the printer command.
17016
17017 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17018
17019 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17020 Paginate and print the region contents.
17021
17022 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17023 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17024 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17025 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17026
17027 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17028 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17029
17030 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17031 for further customization of the printer command.
17032
17033 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17034
17035 ;;;***
17036 \f
17037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21788 61018 524424
17038 ;;;;;; 844000))
17039 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17040
17041 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17042 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17043 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17044
17045 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17046
17047 ;;;***
17048 \f
17049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21788 61018 418424
17050 ;;;;;; 784000))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17052
17053 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17054 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17055 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17056 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17057
17058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17059
17060 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17061
17062 ;;;***
17063 \f
17064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21788 61018
17065 ;;;;;; 596424 885000))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17067
17068 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17069 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17070
17071 \(fn)" t nil)
17072
17073 ;;;***
17074 \f
17075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21710 25077 600662 815000))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17077
17078 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17079 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17080 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17081 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17082 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17083
17084 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17085
17086 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17087 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17088 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17089 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17090 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17091
17092 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17093 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17094 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17095 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17096 bindings.
17097
17098 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17099 use this command, and then save the file.
17100
17101 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17102
17103 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17104 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17105 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17106 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17107 each time the macro executes.
17108 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17109 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17110 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17111 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17112 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17113 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17114 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17115
17116 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17117
17118 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17119 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17120 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17121 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17122
17123 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17124 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17125 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17126 execute.
17127
17128 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17129 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17130
17131 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17132 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17133 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17134 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17135 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17136
17137 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17138 looked like this:
17139
17140 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17141 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17142 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17143
17144 You could enter the names in this format:
17145
17146 foo
17147 bar
17148 baz
17149
17150 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17151
17152 \\C-x (
17153 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17154 \\C-x )
17155
17156 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17157 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17158
17159 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17160 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17161
17162 ;;;***
17163 \f
17164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21710 25077
17165 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17166 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17167
17168 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17169 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17170 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17171 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17172 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17173 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17174
17175 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17176 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17177 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17178 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17179 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17180
17181 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17182 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17183 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17184 consing a string.)
17185
17186 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17187
17188 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17189 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17190
17191 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17192
17193 ;;;***
17194 \f
17195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21710 25077
17196 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17198
17199 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17200 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17201
17202 \(fn)" nil nil)
17203
17204 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17205
17206
17207 \(fn)" nil nil)
17208
17209 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17210 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17211
17212 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17213
17214 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17215 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17216 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17217 message.
17218
17219 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17220
17221 \(fn)" nil nil)
17222
17223 ;;;***
17224 \f
17225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21710 25077
17226 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17228
17229 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17230 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17231 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17232 often correct parser.")
17233
17234 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17235
17236 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17237 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17238 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17239 a value which excludes your own email address.
17240
17241 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17242 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17243
17244 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17245
17246 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17247 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17248
17249 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17250
17251 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17252 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17253 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17254 we return it unconverted.
17255
17256 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17257 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17258
17259 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17260
17261 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17262 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17263 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17264 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17265
17266 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17267
17268 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17269 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17270 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17271 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17272
17273 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17274
17275 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17276 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17277 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17278 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17279 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17280 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17281 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17282 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17283 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17284 as Rmail does.
17285
17286 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17287
17288 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17289 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17290 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17291 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17292 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17293 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17294 matches may be returned from the message body.
17295
17296 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17297
17298 ;;;***
17299 \f
17300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21710 25077
17301 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17303
17304 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17305 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17306 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17309 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17310
17311 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17312
17313 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17314 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17316 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17317 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17318
17319 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17320 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17321 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17322 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17323
17324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17325
17326 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17327 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17328
17329 \(fn)" nil nil)
17330
17331 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17332 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17333 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17334
17335 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17336
17337 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17338 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17339 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17340
17341 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17342 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17343 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17344 double-quotes.
17345
17346 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17347
17348 ;;;***
17349 \f
17350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21710 25077
17351 ;;;;;; 601662 811000))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17353
17354 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17355 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17356 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17357 king@grassland.com
17358 If `parens', they look like:
17359 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17360 If `angles', they look like:
17361 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17362
17363 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17364
17365 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17366 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17367 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17368 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17369 their `Resent-' variants.
17370
17371 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17372 removed from alias expansions.
17373
17374 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17375
17376 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17377 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17378 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17379
17380 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17381 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17382 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17383 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17384
17385 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17386
17387 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17388 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17389 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17390
17391 \(fn)" nil nil)
17392
17393 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17394 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17395 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17396 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17397
17398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17399
17400 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17401
17402 ;;;***
17403 \f
17404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21710 25077
17405 ;;;;;; 602662 806000))
17406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17407
17408 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17409 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17410 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17411 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17412
17413 \(fn)" nil nil)
17414
17415 ;;;***
17416 \f
17417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21710
17418 ;;;;;; 25077 696662 387000))
17419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17420
17421 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17422 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17423
17424 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17425 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17426 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17427 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17428 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17429 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17430
17431 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17432 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17433 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17434 dependency, despite the colon.
17435
17436 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17437
17438 In the browser, use the following keys:
17439
17440 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17441
17442 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17443
17444 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17445 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17446
17447 `makefile-target-colon':
17448 The string that gets appended to all target names
17449 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17450 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17451
17452 `makefile-macro-assign':
17453 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17454 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17455 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17456 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17457 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17458 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17459
17460 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17461 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17462 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17463
17464 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17465 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17466
17467 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17468 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17469 up or down in the browser.
17470
17471 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17472 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17473
17474 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17475 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17476
17477 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17478 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17479 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17480 has been selected in the browser.
17481
17482 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17483 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17484 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17485 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17486 filenames are omitted.
17487
17488 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17489 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17490 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17491 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17492 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17493 the backslash itself intact.
17494 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17495 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17496
17497 `makefile-browser-hook':
17498 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17499 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17500
17501 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17502 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17503 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17504 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17505
17506 \(fn)" t nil)
17507
17508 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17509 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17510
17511 \(fn)" t nil)
17512
17513 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17514 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17515
17516 \(fn)" t nil)
17517
17518 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17519 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17520
17521 \(fn)" t nil)
17522
17523 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17524 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17525
17526 \(fn)" t nil)
17527
17528 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17529 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17530
17531 \(fn)" t nil)
17532
17533 ;;;***
17534 \f
17535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21710 25077 605662
17536 ;;;;;; 793000))
17537 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17538
17539 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17540 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17541 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17542
17543 \(fn)" t nil)
17544
17545 ;;;***
17546 \f
17547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21788 61018 529424 847000))
17548 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17549
17550 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17551
17552 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17553 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17554 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17555 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17556 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17557 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17558 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17559 page, it will display immediately.
17560
17561 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17562 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17563 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17564
17565 cat(1)
17566 1 cat
17567
17568 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17569 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17570 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17571 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17572
17573 -a chmod
17574
17575 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17576 otherwise look like a page name.
17577
17578 /my/file/name.1.gz
17579 -l somefile.1
17580
17581 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17582 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17583 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17584
17585 -k pattern
17586
17587 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17588
17589 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17590 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17591
17592 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17593
17594 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17595 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17596
17597 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17598
17599 ;;;***
17600 \f
17601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21710 25077 606662 788000))
17602 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17603 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17604
17605 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17606 Toggle Master mode.
17607 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17608 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17609 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17610
17611 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17612 using the following commands:
17613
17614 \\{master-mode-map}
17615
17616 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17617 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17618 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17619
17620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17621
17622 ;;;***
17623 \f
17624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21710 25077 606662
17625 ;;;;;; 788000))
17626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17627
17628 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17629 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17630 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17633 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17634
17635 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17636
17637 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17638 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17640 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17641 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17642
17643 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17644 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17645 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17646 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17647
17648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17649
17650 ;;;***
17651 \f
17652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21710 25077 606662 788000))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17654 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17655
17656 ;;;***
17657 \f
17658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21788 61018 493424
17659 ;;;;;; 826000))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17661
17662 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17663
17664 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17665 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17666 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17667 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17668 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17669 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17670 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17671 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17672 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17673 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17674 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17675 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17676 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17677 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17678 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17679 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17680 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17681 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17682 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17683 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17684 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17685 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17686 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17687 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17688 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17689 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17690 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17691 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17692 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17693 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17694 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17695 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17696 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17697 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17698 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17699 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17700 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17701 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17702
17703 \(fn)" t nil)
17704
17705 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17706 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17707 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17708 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17709 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17710
17711 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17712
17713 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17714 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17715
17716 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17717
17718 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17719 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17720
17721 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17722
17723 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17724 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17725
17726 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17727
17728 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17729 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17730 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17731
17732 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17733
17734 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17735 Cancel an article you posted.
17736 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17737
17738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17739
17740 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17741 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17742 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17743 header line with the old Message-ID.
17744
17745 \(fn)" t nil)
17746
17747 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17748 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17749
17750 \(fn)" t nil)
17751
17752 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17753 Forward the current message via mail.
17754 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17755 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17756
17757 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17758
17759 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17760
17761
17762 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17763
17764 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17765
17766
17767 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17768
17769 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17770 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17771
17772 \(fn)" t nil)
17773
17774 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17775 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17776
17777 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17778
17779 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17780 Re-mail the current message.
17781 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17782 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17783 you.
17784
17785 \(fn)" t nil)
17786
17787 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17788 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17789
17790 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17791
17792 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17793 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17794
17795 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17796
17797 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17798 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17799
17800 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17801
17802 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17803 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17804
17805 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17806
17807 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17808 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17809 Works by overstriking characters.
17810 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17811 which specify the range to operate on.
17812
17813 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17816 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17817 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17818 which specify the range to operate on.
17819
17820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17821
17822 ;;;***
17823 \f
17824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21710
17825 ;;;;;; 25077 696662 387000))
17826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17827 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17828
17829 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17830 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17831
17832 \(fn)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17835 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17836
17837 \(fn)" t nil)
17838
17839 ;;;***
17840 \f
17841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21710 25077
17842 ;;;;;; 602662 806000))
17843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17844
17845 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17846 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17847 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17848
17849 \(fn)" t nil)
17850
17851 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17852 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17853 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17854 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17855 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17856 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17857 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17858
17859 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17860
17861 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17862 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17863 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17864 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17865 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17866 means current).
17867 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17868 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17869
17870 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17871
17872 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17873 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17874 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17875 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17876 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17877 means current).
17878 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17879 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17880
17881 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17882
17883 ;;;***
17884 \f
17885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21710 25077 610662
17886 ;;;;;; 771000))
17887 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17888
17889 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17890 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17891 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17892
17893 \(fn)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17896 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17897 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17898
17899 \(fn)" t nil)
17900
17901 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17902 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17903
17904 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17905 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17906 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17907
17908 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17909 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17910
17911 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17912 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17913
17914 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17915
17916 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17917
17918 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17919 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17920 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17921 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17922 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17923 as `compose-mail'.
17924
17925 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17926 initial Subject field, respectively.
17927
17928 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17929 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17930 are strings.
17931
17932 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17933 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17934
17935 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17936
17937 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17938 Save draft and send message.
17939
17940 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17941 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17942 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17943 Mail Delivery*\".
17944
17945 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17946 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17947 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17948
17949 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17950 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17951 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17952 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17953 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17954 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17955
17956 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17957 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17958
17959 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17960 message and scan line.
17961
17962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17963
17964 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17965 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17966
17967 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17968 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17969 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17970 delete the draft message.
17971
17972 \(fn)" t nil)
17973
17974 ;;;***
17975 \f
17976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21788 61018 532424 848000))
17977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17978 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17979
17980 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17981
17982 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17983
17984 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17985
17986 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17987 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17988
17989 \(fn)" t nil)
17990
17991 ;;;***
17992 \f
17993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21710 25077
17994 ;;;;;; 611662 766000))
17995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17996
17997 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17998 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17999 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18000
18001 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18002 the MH mail system.
18003
18004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18007 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18008 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18009
18010 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18011 the MH mail system.
18012
18013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18016 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18017
18018 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18019 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18020 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18021 separate command.
18022
18023 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18024 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18025 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18026 format.
18027
18028 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18029
18030 Ranges
18031 ======
18032 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18033 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18034 can be used in several ways.
18035
18036 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18037 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18038 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18039 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18040 page):
18041
18042 <num1>-<num2>
18043 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18044 The range must be nonempty.
18045
18046 <num>:N
18047 <num>:+N
18048 <num>:-N
18049 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18050 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18051 last.
18052
18053 first:N
18054 prev:N
18055 next:N
18056 last:N
18057 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18058
18059 all
18060 All of the messages.
18061
18062 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18063 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18064
18065 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18066 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18067 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18068
18069 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18070
18071 \(fn)" t nil)
18072
18073 ;;;***
18074 \f
18075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21710 25077 614662
18076 ;;;;;; 753000))
18077 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18078
18079 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18080 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18081 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18082 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18083 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18084 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18085 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18086 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18087 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18088 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18089 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18090
18091 \(fn)" t nil)
18092
18093 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18094 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18095 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18096 to its second argument TM.
18097
18098 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18099
18100 ;;;***
18101 \f
18102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21710 25077
18103 ;;;;;; 614662 753000))
18104 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18105
18106 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18107 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18108 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18110 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18111 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18112
18113 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18114
18115 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18116 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18118 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18119 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18120
18121 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18122 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18123 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18124 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18125 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18126 is modified to remove the default indication.
18127
18128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18129
18130 ;;;***
18131 \f
18132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21710 25077 615662 748000))
18133 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18134
18135 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18136 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18137 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18138 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18139 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18140 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18141 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18142 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18143 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18144
18145 \(fn)" t nil)
18146
18147 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18148 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18149 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18150 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18151 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18152 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18153 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18154 The return value is always nil.
18155
18156 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18157
18158 ;;;***
18159 \f
18160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21788 61018 533424
18161 ;;;;;; 849000))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18163 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18164
18165 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18166 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18167
18168 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18169 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18170 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18171 next occurrence.
18172
18173 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18174 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18175 end of the search space).
18176
18177 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18178 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18179 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18180 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18181 should return the previous buffer to search.
18182
18183 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18184 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18185 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18186
18187 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18188 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18189 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18190 Isearch starts.")
18191
18192 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18193 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18194 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18195
18196 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18197 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18198 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18199
18200 \(fn)" nil nil)
18201
18202 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18203 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18204 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18205 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18206 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18207 whose names match the specified regexp.
18208
18209 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18210
18211 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18212 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18213 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18214 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18215 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18216 whose names match the specified regexp.
18217
18218 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18219
18220 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18221 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18222 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18223 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18224 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18225 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18226 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18227
18228 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18229
18230 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18231 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18232 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18233 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18234 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18235 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18236 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18237
18238 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18239
18240 ;;;***
18241 \f
18242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21710
18243 ;;;;;; 25077 697662 383000))
18244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18245 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18246
18247 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18248 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18249
18250 \(fn)" t nil)
18251
18252 ;;;***
18253 \f
18254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21710 25077
18255 ;;;;;; 565662 971000))
18256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18257
18258 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18259 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18260
18261 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18262
18263 ;;;***
18264 \f
18265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21788 61018
18266 ;;;;;; 494424 827000))
18267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18268
18269 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18270 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18271
18272 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18273
18274 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18275 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18276 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18277 the entire message.
18278 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18279
18280 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18281
18282 ;;;***
18283 \f
18284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21710 25077
18285 ;;;;;; 565662 971000))
18286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18287
18288 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18289 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18290 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18291 the entire message.
18292 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18293
18294 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18295
18296 ;;;***
18297 \f
18298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21788 61018 494424
18299 ;;;;;; 827000))
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18301
18302 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18303 Insert file contents of URL.
18304 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18305
18306 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18307
18308 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18309 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18310
18311 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18312
18313 ;;;***
18314 \f
18315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21788 61018 495424
18316 ;;;;;; 827000))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18318
18319 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18320 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18321 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18322 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18323 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18324
18325 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18326
18327 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18328 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18329 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18330
18331 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18332
18333 ;;;***
18334 \f
18335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21788 61018 495424 827000))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18337
18338 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18339 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18340
18341 \(fn)" nil nil)
18342
18343 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18344 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18345 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18346 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18347 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18348
18349 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18350 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18351 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18352 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18353 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18354 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18355
18356 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18357
18358 ;;;***
18359 \f
18360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21788 61018 496424
18361 ;;;;;; 828000))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18363
18364 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18365
18366
18367 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18368
18369 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18370
18371
18372 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18373
18374 ;;;***
18375 \f
18376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21788 61018 496424
18377 ;;;;;; 828000))
18378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18379
18380 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18381
18382
18383 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18384
18385 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18386
18387
18388 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18389
18390 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18391
18392
18393 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18396
18397
18398 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18399
18400 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18401
18402
18403 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18404
18405 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18406
18407
18408 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18409
18410 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18411
18412
18413 \(fn)" nil nil)
18414
18415 ;;;***
18416 \f
18417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21710 25077
18418 ;;;;;; 488663 314000))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18420
18421 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18422
18423 ;;;***
18424 \f
18425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21676 8647
18426 ;;;;;; 135372 0))
18427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18428
18429 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18430
18431 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18432 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18433 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18434 followed by the first character of the construct.
18435 \\<m2-mode-map>
18436 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18437 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18438 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18439 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18440 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18441 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18442 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18443 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18444 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18445 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18446 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18447 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18448 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18449 \\[m2-link] link
18450
18451 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18452 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18453 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18454
18455 \(fn)" t nil)
18456
18457 ;;;***
18458 \f
18459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21788 61018 571424
18460 ;;;;;; 870000))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18462
18463 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18464 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18465
18466 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18467
18468 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18469 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18470
18471 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18472
18473 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18474 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18475
18476 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18477
18478 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18479 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18480
18481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18482
18483 ;;;***
18484 \f
18485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21710 25077 615662
18486 ;;;;;; 748000))
18487 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18488
18489 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18490 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18491
18492 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18493 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18494 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18495
18496 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18497 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18498 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18499
18500 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18501 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18502
18503 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18504 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18505 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18506 hemisphere you're in.)
18507
18508 To test this function, evaluate:
18509 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18510
18511 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18512
18513 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18514 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18515
18516 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18517 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18518
18519 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18520 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18521 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18522
18523 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18524 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18525
18526 To test this function, evaluate:
18527 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18528
18529 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18530
18531 ;;;***
18532 \f
18533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21788 61018 534424 849000))
18534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18535
18536 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18537 Main entry point for MPC.
18538
18539 \(fn)" t nil)
18540
18541 ;;;***
18542 \f
18543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21710 25077 672662 494000))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18545
18546 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18547 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18548
18549 \(fn)" t nil)
18550
18551 ;;;***
18552 \f
18553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21788 61018 534424 849000))
18554 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18555
18556 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18557 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18558 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18560 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18561 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18562
18563 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18564
18565 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18566 Toggle Msb mode.
18567 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18568 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18569 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18570
18571 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18572 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18573
18574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18575
18576 ;;;***
18577 \f
18578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21788
18579 ;;;;;; 61018 513424 837000))
18580 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18581
18582 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display a list of all character sets.
18584
18585 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18586 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18587 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18588 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18589 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18590
18591 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18592 but still shows the full information.
18593
18594 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18595
18596 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18597 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18598 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18599
18600 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18601 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18602 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18603 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18604 meanings of these arguments.
18605
18606 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18607
18608 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18609 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18610
18611 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18612
18613 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18614 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18615
18616 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18617
18618 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18620
18621 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18622
18623 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18624 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18625
18626 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18627 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18628 in place of `..':
18629 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18630 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18631 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18632 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18633 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18634 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18635 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18636 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18637 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18638 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18639 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18640 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18641 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18642 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18643 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18644 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18645
18646 \(fn)" t nil)
18647
18648 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18650
18651 \(fn)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display a list of all coding systems.
18655 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18656
18657 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18658 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18659
18660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18661
18662 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display a list of all coding categories.
18664
18665 \(fn)" nil nil)
18666
18667 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18668 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18669 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18670
18671 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18672
18673 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display information about FONTSET.
18675 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18676
18677 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18678
18679 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18680 Display a list of all fontsets.
18681 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18682 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18683 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18684
18685 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display information about all input methods.
18689
18690 \(fn)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18694
18695 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18696 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18697 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18698 system which uses fontsets).
18699
18700 \(fn)" t nil)
18701
18702 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18703 Show log of font listing and opening.
18704 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18705 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18706
18707 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18708
18709 ;;;***
18710 \f
18711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21788
18712 ;;;;;; 61018 513424 837000))
18713 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18714
18715 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18716 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18717
18718 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18719 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18720
18721 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18722 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18723
18724 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18725
18726 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18727 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18728 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18729 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18730 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18731 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18732 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18733
18734 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18735 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18736 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18737 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18738 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18739 middle of a character in STR.
18740
18741 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18742 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18743
18744 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18745 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18746 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18747 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18748 defaults to \"...\".
18749
18750 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18751
18752 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18753 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18754
18755 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18756 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18757 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18758
18759 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18760 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18761 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18762
18763 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18764 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18765 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18766 are considered.
18767 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18768 longer than KEYSEQ.
18769 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18770
18771 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18772
18773 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18774 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18775 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18776 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18777 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18778 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18779 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18780 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18781 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18782 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18783 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18784
18785 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18786
18787 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18788 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18789
18790 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18791
18792 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18793 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18794
18795 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18796
18797 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18798 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18799
18800 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18801
18802 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18803 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18804
18805 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18806
18807 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18808 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18809 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18810 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18811 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18812
18813 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18814 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18815
18816 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18817 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18818 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18819 coding systems ordered by priority.
18820
18821 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18822
18823 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18824
18825 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18826 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18827 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18828 language environment LANG-ENV.
18829
18830 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18831
18832 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18833 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18834 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18835 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18836 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18837 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18838
18839 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18840
18841 ;;;***
18842 \f
18843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21710 25077
18844 ;;;;;; 621662 722000))
18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18846
18847 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18848 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18849
18850 \(fn)" t nil)
18851
18852 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18853 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18854
18855 \(fn)" t nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18858 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18859
18860 \(fn)" t nil)
18861
18862 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18863 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18864
18865 \(fn)" t nil)
18866
18867 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18868 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18869
18870 \(fn)" t nil)
18871
18872 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18873 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18874
18875 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18876
18877 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18878 Ping HOST.
18879 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18880 `ping-program-options'.
18881
18882 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18883
18884 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18885 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18886
18887 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18890 Run nslookup program.
18891
18892 \(fn)" t nil)
18893
18894 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18895 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18896
18897 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18898
18899 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18900 Run dig program.
18901
18902 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18903
18904 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18905 Run ftp program.
18906
18907 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18908
18909 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18910 Finger USER on HOST.
18911
18912 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18915 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18916 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18917 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18918
18919 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18922
18923
18924 \(fn)" t nil)
18925
18926 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18927 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18928
18929 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18932 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18933
18934 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18935
18936 ;;;***
18937 \f
18938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21710 25077 621662
18939 ;;;;;; 722000))
18940 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18941
18942 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18943 Return a user name/password pair.
18944 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18945 listed in the PORTS list.
18946
18947 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18948
18949 ;;;***
18950 \f
18951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21788
18952 ;;;;;; 61018 539424 852000))
18953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18954
18955 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18956 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18957 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18958 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18959 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18960 closes it.
18961
18962 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18963 make it unique.
18964 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18965 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18966 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18967 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18968 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18969 a port number to connect to.
18970
18971 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18972 values:
18973
18974 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18975 nil or `network'
18976 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18977 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18978 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18979 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18980 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18981 an unencrypted connection.
18982 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18983 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18984 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18985 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18986 returned object is a killed process.
18987 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18988 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18989 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18990
18991 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18992 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18993 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18994 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18995 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18996 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18997 or nil if none could be found.
18998 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18999 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19000
19001 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19002
19003 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19004 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19005 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19006
19007 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19008 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19009 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19010
19011 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19012 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19013 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19014
19015 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19016 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19017 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19018 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19019
19020 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19021 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19022
19023 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19024 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19025 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19026 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19027 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19028 or STARTTLS connections.
19029
19030 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19031 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19032
19033 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19034 a greeting from the server.
19035
19036 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19037 asynchronously, if possible.
19038
19039 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19040
19041 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19042
19043 ;;;***
19044 \f
19045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21788
19046 ;;;;;; 61018 540424 853000))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19048
19049 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19050 Check whether newsticker is running.
19051 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19052 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19053
19054 \(fn)" nil nil)
19055
19056 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19057 Start the newsticker.
19058 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19059 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19060 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19061 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19062
19063 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19064
19065 ;;;***
19066 \f
19067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19068 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 540424 853000))
19069 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19070
19071 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19072 Start newsticker plainview.
19073
19074 \(fn)" t nil)
19075
19076 ;;;***
19077 \f
19078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21788
19079 ;;;;;; 61018 541424 853000))
19080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19081
19082 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19083 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19084
19085 \(fn)" t nil)
19086
19087 ;;;***
19088 \f
19089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21788
19090 ;;;;;; 61018 541424 853000))
19091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19092
19093 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19094 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19095 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19096 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19097 empty.
19098
19099 \(fn)" nil nil)
19100
19101 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19102 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19103 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19104 running already.
19105
19106 \(fn)" t nil)
19107
19108 ;;;***
19109 \f
19110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21788
19111 ;;;;;; 61018 541424 853000))
19112 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19113
19114 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19115 Start newsticker treeview.
19116
19117 \(fn)" t nil)
19118
19119 ;;;***
19120 \f
19121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21788 61018
19122 ;;;;;; 541424 853000))
19123 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19124 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19125
19126 ;;;***
19127 \f
19128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21710 25077 567662
19129 ;;;;;; 962000))
19130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19131
19132 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19133 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19134
19135 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19136
19137 ;;;***
19138 \f
19139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21710 25077 567662
19140 ;;;;;; 962000))
19141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19142
19143 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19144 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19145 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19146 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19147 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19148 symbol in the alist.
19149
19150 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19151
19152 ;;;***
19153 \f
19154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21788 61018
19155 ;;;;;; 496424 828000))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19157
19158 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19159 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19160 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19161
19162 \(fn)" t nil)
19163
19164 ;;;***
19165 \f
19166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21710 25077 569662 953000))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19168
19169 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19170 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19171
19172 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19173
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21710 25077 633662 668000))
19177 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19178
19179 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19180
19181 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19182 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19183 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19184
19185 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19186
19187
19188 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19189
19190 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19191 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19192 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19193 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19194 to future sessions.
19195
19196 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19197
19198 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19199 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19200 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19201 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19202 future sessions.
19203
19204 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19205
19206 ;;;***
19207 \f
19208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21710
19209 ;;;;;; 25077 725662 258000))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19211
19212 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19213 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19214 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19215 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19216 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19217 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19218
19219 \(fn)" t nil)
19220
19221 ;;;***
19222 \f
19223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21788 61018 542424 854000))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19225 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19226
19227 ;;;***
19228 \f
19229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21710 25077
19230 ;;;;;; 633662 668000))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19232
19233 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19234 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19235 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19236 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19237
19238 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19239
19240 ;;;***
19241 \f
19242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21788 61018
19243 ;;;;;; 548424 857000))
19244 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19245
19246 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19247 Major mode for editing XML.
19248
19249 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19250 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19251 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19252 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19253 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19254 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19255 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19256
19257 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19258
19259 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19260 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19261
19262 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19263 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19264 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19265 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19266 instead of C-c.
19267
19268 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19269 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19270 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19271 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19272 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19273 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19274
19275 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19276 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19277 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19278
19279 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19280 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19281 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19282
19283 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19284 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19285 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19286 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19287 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19288 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19289 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19290 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19291 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19292
19293 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19294
19295 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19296 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19297
19298 \(fn)" t nil)
19299 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19300
19301 ;;;***
19302 \f
19303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21710 25077
19304 ;;;;;; 634662 664000))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19306
19307 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19308 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19309 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19310 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19311
19312 \(fn)" t nil)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21788 61018
19317 ;;;;;; 596424 885000))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19319
19320 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19321 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19322
19323 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19324 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19325 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19326 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19327
19328 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19329
19330 Key bindings:
19331 \\{octave-mode-map}
19332
19333 \(fn)" t nil)
19334
19335 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19336 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19337 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19338
19339 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19340
19341 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19342 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19343
19344 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19345 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19346 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19347
19348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19349
19350 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19351
19352 ;;;***
19353 \f
19354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21788 61018
19355 ;;;;;; 597424 885000))
19356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19357
19358 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19359
19360 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19361 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19362 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19363 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19364 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19365
19366 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19367
19368 Customization:
19369
19370 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19371 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19372 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19373 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19374 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19375 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19376 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19377 Directories to search when finding external units.
19378 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19379 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19380
19381 Coloring:
19382
19383 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19384 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19385
19386 \(fn)" t nil)
19387
19388 ;;;***
19389 \f
19390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21788 61018 567424 868000))
19391 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19392
19393 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19394 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19395
19396 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19397
19398 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19399 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19400 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19401 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19402 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19403 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19404
19405 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19406
19407 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19408 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19409 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19410 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19411 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19412
19413 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19414
19415 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19416 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19417
19418 \(fn)" nil nil)
19419
19420 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19421 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19422
19423 \(fn)" nil nil)
19424
19425 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19426 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19427 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19428
19429 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19430 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19431 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19432 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19433 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19434 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19435 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19436 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19437 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19438 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19439
19440 The following commands are available:
19441
19442 \\{org-mode-map}
19443
19444 \(fn)" t nil)
19445
19446 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19447 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19448
19449 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19450 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19451 in special contexts.
19452
19453 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19454 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19455 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19456 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19457 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19458 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19459 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19460 properties in the buffer.
19461 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19462 including any drawers.
19463
19464 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19465
19466 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19467 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19468 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19469 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19470 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19471 and zoom in further.
19472 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19473 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19474
19475 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19476 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19477 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19478 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19479 times right after creating a new headline.
19480
19481 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19482 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19483 is negative, go up that many levels.
19484
19485 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19486 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19487 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19488
19489 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19490 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19491 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19492 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19493
19494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19495
19496 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19497 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19498 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19499 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19500
19501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19502 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19503
19504 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19505 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19506 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19507 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19508 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19509 defined by Org-mode).
19510
19511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19512
19513 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19514 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19515
19516 \(fn)" nil nil)
19517
19518 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19519 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19520
19521 \(fn)" nil nil)
19522
19523 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19524 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19525 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19526 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19527 call CMD.
19528
19529 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19530
19531 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19532 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19533 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19534 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19535
19536 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19537 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19538 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19539
19540 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19541 part of Org's core.
19542
19543 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19544 active region.
19545
19546 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19547
19548 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19549 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19550 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19551
19552 \(fn)" t nil)
19553
19554 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19555 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19556 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19557 Org-mode syntax.
19558
19559 \(fn)" t nil)
19560
19561 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19562 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19563
19564 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19565
19566 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19567 Switch between Org buffers.
19568 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19569 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19570
19571 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19572 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19573
19574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19575
19576 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19577
19578 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19579
19580 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19581 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19582 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19583 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19584
19585 \(fn)" t nil)
19586
19587 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19588 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19589
19590 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19591
19592 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19593 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19594 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19595
19596 \(fn)" t nil)
19597
19598 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19599 Reload all org lisp files.
19600 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19601
19602 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19603
19604 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19605 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19606
19607 \(fn)" t nil)
19608
19609 ;;;***
19610 \f
19611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21710 25077
19612 ;;;;;; 652662 583000))
19613 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19614
19615 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19616 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19617
19618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19619
19620 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19621 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19622 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19623 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19624
19625 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19626 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19627 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19628 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19629 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19630 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19631 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19632 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19633 e Export views to associated files.
19634 s Search entries for keywords.
19635 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19636 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19637 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19638 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19639 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19640 > Remove a previous restriction.
19641 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19642 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19643 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19644
19645 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19646 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19647 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19648
19649 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19650 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19651 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19652 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19653 \(if active).
19654
19655 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19656
19657 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19658 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19659 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19660 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19661 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19662 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19663 before running the agenda command.
19664
19665 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19668 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19669 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19670 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19671 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19672 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19673 before running the agenda command.
19674
19675 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19676 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19677
19678 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19679
19680 category The category of the item
19681 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19682 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19683 todo selected in TODO match
19684 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19685 diary imported from diary
19686 deadline a deadline on given date
19687 scheduled scheduled on given date
19688 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19689 closed entry was closed on given date
19690 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19691 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19692 block entry has date block including g. date
19693 todo The todo keyword, if any
19694 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19695 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19696 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19697 extra Sting with extra planning info
19698 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19699 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19700 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19701
19702 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19703
19704 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19705 Store agenda views.
19706
19707 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19708
19709 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19710 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19711
19712 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19713
19714 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19715 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19716 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19717 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19718
19719 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19720 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19721 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19722
19723 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19724 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19725
19726 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19727 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19728
19729 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19730
19731 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19732 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19733
19734 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19735 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19736 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19737 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19738 EDIT-AT.
19739
19740 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19741 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19742 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19743 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19744 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19745 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19746
19747 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19748 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19749 including newlines.
19750
19751 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19752 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19753 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19754 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19755 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19756 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19757 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19758
19759 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19760 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19761 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19762 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19763
19764 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19765 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19766 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19767 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19768 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19769 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19770 Boolean search must match as full words.
19771
19772 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19773 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19774
19775 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19776
19777 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19778 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19779 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19780 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19781 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19782 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19783
19784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19785
19786 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19787 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19788 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19789
19790 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19791
19792 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19793 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19794 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19795 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19796 `org-stuck-projects'.
19797
19798 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19799
19800 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19801 Return diary information from org files.
19802 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19803 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19804 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19805 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19806 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19807
19808 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19809
19810 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19811
19812 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19813 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19814
19815 &%%(org-diary)
19816
19817 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19818 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19819 So the example above may also be written as
19820
19821 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19822
19823 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19824 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19825 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19826
19827 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19828
19829 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19830 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19831
19832 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19833
19834 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19835 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19836 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19837 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19838 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19839
19840 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19841
19842 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19843 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19844 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19845
19846 \(fn)" t nil)
19847
19848 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19849 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19850 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19851 appointments.
19852
19853 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19854 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19855
19856 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19857 for filtering entries out.
19858
19859 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19860 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19861 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19862
19863 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19864 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19865
19866 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19867 (category \"Work\"))
19868
19869 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19870 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19871
19872 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19873 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19874 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19875 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19876 details and examples.
19877
19878 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19879 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19880
19881 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19882
19883 ;;;***
19884 \f
19885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21710 25077
19886 ;;;;;; 653662 579000))
19887 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19888
19889 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19890 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19891
19892 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19893
19894 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19895 Capture something.
19896 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19897 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19898 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19899 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19900 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19901 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19902
19903 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19904 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19905 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19906 stored.
19907
19908 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19909
19910 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19911 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19912 will be bypassed.
19913
19914 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19915 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19916 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19917 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19918
19919 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19920
19921 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19922 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19923
19924 \(fn)" t nil)
19925
19926 ;;;***
19927 \f
19928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21710 25077
19929 ;;;;;; 654662 575000))
19930 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19931
19932 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19933 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19934
19935 \(fn)" t nil)
19936
19937 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19938
19939
19940 \(fn)" nil nil)
19941
19942 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19943 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19944 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19945
19946 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19947
19948 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19949 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19950
19951 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19952
19953 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19954 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19955
19956 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19957
19958 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19959 Write the column view table.
19960 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19961
19962 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19963 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19964 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19965 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19966 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19967 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19968 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19969 using `org-id-find'.
19970 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19971 a hline before each level <= that number.
19972 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19973 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19974 :skip-empty-rows
19975 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19976 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19977
19978 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19981 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19982
19983 \(fn)" t nil)
19984
19985 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19986 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19987
19988 \(fn)" t nil)
19989
19990 ;;;***
19991 \f
19992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21788 61018
19993 ;;;;;; 560424 864000))
19994 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19995
19996 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19997 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19998
19999 \(fn)" nil t)
20000
20001 ;;;***
20002 \f
20003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21710 25077 657662
20004 ;;;;;; 561000))
20005 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20006
20007 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20008 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20009
20010 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20011
20012 ;;;***
20013 \f
20014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21676 8646
20015 ;;;;;; 995199 0))
20016 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20017
20018 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20019 The release version of org-mode.
20020 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20021
20022 \(fn)" nil nil)
20023
20024 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20025 The Git version of org-mode.
20026 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20027
20028 \(fn)" nil nil)
20029
20030 ;;;***
20031 \f
20032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21788 61018 570424
20033 ;;;;;; 870000))
20034 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20035 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20036 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20037
20038 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20039 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20040 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20041 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20042
20043 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20044 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20045 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20046 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20047
20048 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20049 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20050 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20051 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20052 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20053 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20054
20055 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20056 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20057 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20058
20059 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20060 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20061 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20062 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20063 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20064 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20065 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20066 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20067 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20068 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20069 The subheadings remain visible.
20070 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20071
20072 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20073 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20074 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20075
20076 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20077 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20078
20079 \(fn)" t nil)
20080
20081 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20082 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20084 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20085 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20086
20087 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20088
20089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20090 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20091
20092 ;;;***
20093 \f
20094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21788 61018
20095 ;;;;;; 453424 803000))
20096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20097 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20098
20099 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20100 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20101 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20102 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20103 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20104
20105 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20106 activate the package system at any time.")
20107
20108 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20109
20110 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20111 Install the package PKG.
20112 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20113 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20114
20115 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20116
20117 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20118 Install a package from the current buffer.
20119 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20120 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20121 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20122
20123 \(fn)" t nil)
20124
20125 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20126 Install a package from a file.
20127 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20128
20129 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20130
20131 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20132 Import keys from FILE.
20133
20134 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20135
20136 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20137 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20138 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20139 makes them available for download.
20140
20141 \(fn)" t nil)
20142
20143 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20144 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20145 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20146 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20147
20148 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20149
20150 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20151 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20152
20153 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20154
20155 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20156 Display a list of packages.
20157 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20158 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20159 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20160
20161 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20162
20163 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20164
20165 ;;;***
20166 \f
20167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21788 61018 570424 870000))
20168 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20169
20170 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20171 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20172 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20173 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20174 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20175 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20176
20177 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20178
20179 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20180 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20181 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20182 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20183 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20184
20185 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20186 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20187 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20188
20189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20190
20191 ;;;***
20192 \f
20193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21788
20194 ;;;;;; 61018 419424 784000))
20195 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20196 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20197
20198 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20199 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20200 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20201 unknown are returned as nil.
20202
20203 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20204
20205 ;;;***
20206 \f
20207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21710 25077
20208 ;;;;;; 698662 378000))
20209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20210
20211 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20212 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20213 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20214
20215 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20216 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20217
20218 Other useful functions are:
20219
20220 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20221 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20222 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20223 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20224 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20225 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20226 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20227 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20228 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20229
20230 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20231
20232 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20233 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20234 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20235 Indentation for case statements.
20236 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20237 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20238 mark after an end.
20239 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20240 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20241 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20242 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20243 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20244 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20245 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20246 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20247 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20248 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20249
20250 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20251 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20252
20253 \(fn)" t nil)
20254
20255 ;;;***
20256 \f
20257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21710
20258 ;;;;;; 25077 669662 508000))
20259 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20260
20261 (defvar password-cache t "\
20262 Whether to cache passwords.")
20263
20264 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20265
20266 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20267 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20268 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20269
20270 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20271
20272 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20273 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20274
20275 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20276
20277 ;;;***
20278 \f
20279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21788 61018
20280 ;;;;;; 453424 803000))
20281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20282
20283 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20284 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20285 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20286
20287 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20288 _ matches anything.
20289 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20290 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20291 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20292 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20293 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20294 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20295 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20296 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20297 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20298 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20299
20300 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20301 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20302 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20303 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20304 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20305 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20306
20307 PRED can take the form
20308 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20309 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20310 which is the value being matched.
20311 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20312 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20313 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20314 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20315 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20316
20317 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20318
20319 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20320
20321 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20322 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20323 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20324 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20325
20326 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20327
20328 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20329
20330 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20331 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20332 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20333 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20334
20335 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20336
20337 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20338
20339 ;;;***
20340 \f
20341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21710 25077 669662
20342 ;;;;;; 508000))
20343 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20344
20345 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20346 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20347
20348 \(fn)" nil nil)
20349
20350 ;;;***
20351 \f
20352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21788 61018 570424
20353 ;;;;;; 870000))
20354 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20355
20356 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20357 Completion for `gzip'.
20358
20359 \(fn)" nil nil)
20360
20361 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20362 Completion for `bzip2'.
20363
20364 \(fn)" nil nil)
20365
20366 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20367 Completion for GNU `make'.
20368
20369 \(fn)" nil nil)
20370
20371 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20372 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20373
20374 \(fn)" nil nil)
20375
20376 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20377
20378 ;;;***
20379 \f
20380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21710 25077
20381 ;;;;;; 669662 508000))
20382 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20383
20384 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20385 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20386
20387 \(fn)" nil nil)
20388
20389 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20390 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20391
20392 \(fn)" nil nil)
20393
20394 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20395 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20396
20397 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398
20399 ;;;***
20400 \f
20401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21710 25077 669662
20402 ;;;;;; 508000))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20404
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20406 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20407
20408 \(fn)" nil nil)
20409
20410 ;;;***
20411 \f
20412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21710 25077 669662
20413 ;;;;;; 508000))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20415
20416 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20417 Completion for `cd'.
20418
20419 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420
20421 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20422
20423 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20424 Completion for `rmdir'.
20425
20426 \(fn)" nil nil)
20427
20428 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20429 Completion for `rm'.
20430
20431 \(fn)" nil nil)
20432
20433 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20434 Completion for `xargs'.
20435
20436 \(fn)" nil nil)
20437
20438 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20439
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20441 Completion for `which'.
20442
20443 \(fn)" nil nil)
20444
20445 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20446 Completion for the `chown' command.
20447
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449
20450 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20451 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20452
20453 \(fn)" nil nil)
20454
20455 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20456 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20457
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20461 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20462 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20463
20464 \(fn)" nil nil)
20465
20466 ;;;***
20467 \f
20468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21710 25077 669662
20469 ;;;;;; 508000))
20470 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20471
20472 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20473 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20474
20475 \(fn)" nil nil)
20476
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20478 Completion for the `ack' command.
20479 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20480 long options.
20481
20482 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483
20484 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20485
20486 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20487 Completion for the `ag' command.
20488
20489 \(fn)" nil nil)
20490
20491 ;;;***
20492 \f
20493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21710 25077 669662
20494 ;;;;;; 508000))
20495 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20496
20497 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20498 Support extensible programmable completion.
20499 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20500 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20501
20502 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20503
20504 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20505 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20506
20507 \(fn)" t nil)
20508
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20510 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20511 This will modify the current buffer.
20512
20513 \(fn)" t nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20516 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20517
20518 \(fn)" t nil)
20519
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20521 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20522 This will modify the current buffer.
20523
20524 \(fn)" t nil)
20525
20526 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20527 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20528
20529 \(fn)" t nil)
20530
20531 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20532 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20533
20534 \(fn)" t nil)
20535
20536 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20537 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20538 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20539 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20540 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20541
20542 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20543
20544 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20545 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20546
20547 \(fn)" nil nil)
20548
20549 ;;;***
20550 \f
20551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21710 25077 742662 182000))
20552 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20553
20554 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20555 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20556 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20557 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20558
20559 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20560
20561 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20562
20563 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20564 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20565 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20566 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20567 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20568 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20569 FLAGS is ignored.
20570
20571 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20572
20573 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20574 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20575 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20576 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20577 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20578 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20579 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20580 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20581
20582 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20583
20584 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20585 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20586 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20587 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20588 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20589 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20590 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20591 passed to cvs.
20592
20593 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20594
20595 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20596 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20597 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20598 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20599 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20600 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20601 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20602
20603 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20604
20605 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20606 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20607 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20608
20609 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20610
20611 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20612 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20613 A value of nil means never do it.
20614 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20615 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20616 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20617
20618 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20619
20620 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20621 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20622 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20623
20624 ;;;***
20625 \f
20626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21710 25077
20627 ;;;;;; 742662 182000))
20628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20629
20630 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20631 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20632
20633 ;;;***
20634 \f
20635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21788
20636 ;;;;;; 61018 597424 885000))
20637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20638 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20639 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20640 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20641 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20642 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20643 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20644
20645 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20646 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20647 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20648 Tab indents for Perl code.
20649 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20650 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20651 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20652 \\{perl-mode-map}
20653 Variables controlling indentation style:
20654 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20655 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20656 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20657 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20658 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20659 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20660 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20661 `perl-nochange'
20662 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20663 `perl-indent-level'
20664 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20665 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20666 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20667 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20668 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20669 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20670 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20671 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20672 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20673 `perl-brace-offset'
20674 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20675 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20676 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20677 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20678 `perl-label-offset'
20679 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20680 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20681 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20682
20683 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20684 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20685 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20686 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20687 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20688 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20689 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20690
20691 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20692
20693 \(fn)" t nil)
20694
20695 ;;;***
20696 \f
20697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21710 25077
20698 ;;;;;; 725662 258000))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20700
20701 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20702 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20703 \\<picture-mode-map>
20704 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20705 afterwards settable by these commands:
20706
20707 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20708 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20709 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20710 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20711
20712 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20713 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20714 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20715 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20716
20717 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20718 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20719 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20720 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20721
20722 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20723 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20724 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20725 with these commands:
20726
20727 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20728 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20729 Move to column following last
20730 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20731 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20732 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20733 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20734 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20735 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20736
20737 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20738
20739 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20740 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20741 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20742 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20743 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20744 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20745
20746 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20747 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20748 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20749 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20750 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20751 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20752 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20753
20754 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20755 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20756 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20757 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20758 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20759 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20760 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20761 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20762
20763 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20764 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20765 by supplying an argument.
20766
20767 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20768
20769 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20770 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20771
20772 \(fn)" t nil)
20773
20774 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20775
20776 ;;;***
20777 \f
20778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21788 61018 501424
20779 ;;;;;; 831000))
20780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20781
20782 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20783 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20784
20785 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20786
20787 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20788 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20789
20790 \(fn)" t nil)
20791
20792 ;;;***
20793 \f
20794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21710 25077 725662
20795 ;;;;;; 258000))
20796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20797
20798 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20799 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20800 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20801
20802 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20803
20804 ;;;***
20805 \f
20806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21710 25077 673662 490000))
20807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20808
20809 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20810 Play pong and waste time.
20811 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20812 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20813
20814 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20815
20816 \\{pong-mode-map}
20817
20818 \(fn)" t nil)
20819
20820 ;;;***
20821 \f
20822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21788 61018 501424 831000))
20823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20824
20825 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20826 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20827 Use streaming commands.
20828
20829 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20830
20831 ;;;***
20832 \f
20833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21788 61018 453424
20834 ;;;;;; 803000))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20836
20837 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20838 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20839 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20840 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20841
20842 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20845 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20846
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20848
20849 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20850 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20851 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20852 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20853 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20854
20855 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20856
20857 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20858 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20859 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20860
20861 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20862
20863 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20864 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20865
20866 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20867
20868 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20869 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20870 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20871 Ignores leading comment characters.
20872
20873 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20874
20875 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20876 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20877 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20878 Ignores leading comment characters.
20879
20880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20881
20882 ;;;***
20883 \f
20884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21788 61018 572424
20885 ;;;;;; 871000))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20887 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20888
20889 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20890 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20891
20892 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20893
20894 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20895
20896 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20897
20898 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20899 Preview directory using ghostview.
20900
20901 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20902 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20903 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20904 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20905
20906 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20907 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20908 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20909 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20910 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20911 file name.
20912
20913 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20914
20915 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20918 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20919
20920 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20921 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20922 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20923 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20924
20925 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20926 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20927 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20928 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20929 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20930 file name.
20931
20932 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20933
20934 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20937 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20938
20939 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20940 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20941 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20942 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20943
20944 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20945 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20946 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20947 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20948 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20949 file name.
20950
20951 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20952
20953 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20954
20955 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20956 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20957
20958 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20959
20960 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20961 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20962 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20963 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20964
20965 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20966 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20967 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20968 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20969 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20970 file name.
20971
20972 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20973
20974 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20977 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20978
20979 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20980 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20981 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20982
20983 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20984 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20985 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20986 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20987
20988 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989
20990 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20991 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20992
20993 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20994 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20995 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20996
20997 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20998 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20999 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21000 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21001
21002 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21003
21004 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21005 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21006
21007 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21008 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21009 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21010
21011 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21012 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21013 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21014 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21015
21016 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21017
21018 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21019 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21020
21021 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21022
21023 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21024 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21025 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21026
21027 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21028 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21029 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21030 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21031
21032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21033
21034 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21035 Preview region using ghostview.
21036
21037 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21038
21039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21040
21041 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21042 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21043
21044 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21045
21046 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21047
21048 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21049 Print region using PostScript printer.
21050
21051 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21052
21053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21056 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21057
21058 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21059
21060 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21061
21062 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21063 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21064
21065 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21066
21067 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21070 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21071
21072 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21073
21074 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21075
21076 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21077 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21078
21079 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21080
21081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21082
21083 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21084 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21085
21086 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21087
21088 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21089
21090 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21091 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21092 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21093 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21094
21095 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21096 matching.
21097
21098 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21099 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21100
21101 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21102
21103 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21106 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21107 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21108 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21109
21110 \(fn)" t nil)
21111
21112 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21113 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21114 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21115 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21116
21117 \(fn)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21120 Print directory using text printer.
21121
21122 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21123 matching.
21124
21125 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21126 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21127
21128 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21129
21130 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21131
21132 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21133 Print buffer using text printer.
21134
21135 \(fn)" t nil)
21136
21137 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21138 Print region using text printer.
21139
21140 \(fn)" t nil)
21141
21142 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21143 Print major mode using text printer.
21144
21145 \(fn)" t nil)
21146
21147 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21148 Preview spooled PostScript.
21149
21150 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21151 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21152 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21153
21154 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21155 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21156 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21157
21158 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21161 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21162
21163 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21164 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21165 instead of sending it to the printer.
21166
21167 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21168 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21169 image in a file with that name.
21170
21171 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21174 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21175
21176 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21177 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21178 instead of sending it to the printer.
21179
21180 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21181 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21182 image in a file with that name.
21183
21184 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21187 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21188
21189 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21190 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21191 instead of sending it to the printer.
21192
21193 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21194 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21195 image in a file with that name.
21196
21197 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21200 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21201
21202 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21203
21204 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21205 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21206
21207 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21210 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21211
21212 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21213
21214 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21215 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21216
21217 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21220 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21221
21222 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21225 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21226
21227 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21228 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21229 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21230 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21231
21232 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21233 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21234 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21235 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21236 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21237 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21238 file name.
21239
21240 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21241
21242 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21243 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21244
21245 \(fn)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21248 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21249
21250 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21251 right.
21252 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21253 bottom.
21254
21255 \(fn)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21258 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21259
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21263 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21264
21265 \(fn)" t nil)
21266
21267 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21268 Toggle printing with faces.
21269
21270 \(fn)" t nil)
21271
21272 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21273 Toggle spooling.
21274
21275 \(fn)" t nil)
21276
21277 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21278 Toggle duplex.
21279
21280 \(fn)" t nil)
21281
21282 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21283 Toggle tumble.
21284
21285 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21286 right.
21287 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21288 bottom.
21289
21290 \(fn)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21293 Toggle landscape.
21294
21295 \(fn)" t nil)
21296
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21298 Toggle upside-down.
21299
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21303 Toggle line number.
21304
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21308 Toggle zebra stripes.
21309
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21311
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21313 Toggle printing header.
21314
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21316
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21318 Toggle printing header frame.
21319
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21321
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21323 Toggle menu lock.
21324
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21328 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21329
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21333 Toggle auto mode.
21334
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21338 Customization of the `printing' group.
21339
21340 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21341
21342 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21343 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21344
21345 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21346
21347 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21348 Help for the printing package.
21349
21350 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21353 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21354
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21358 Interactively select a text printer.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21363 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21364
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21368 Show current ps-print settings.
21369
21370 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21373 Show current printing settings.
21374
21375 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21378 Show current lpr settings.
21379
21380 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21383 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21384
21385 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21386 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21387 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21388 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21389
21390
21391 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21392
21393 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21394 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21395 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21396
21397 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21398 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21399 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21400 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21401 current active printer.
21402
21403 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21404 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21405 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21406 printer.
21407
21408 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21409 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21410 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21411 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21412 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21413
21414
21415 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21416 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21417
21418 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21419
21420 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21421 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21422 be done using the new current active printer.
21423
21424 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21425 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21426 printer.
21427
21428 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21429 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21430 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21431 instead of sending it to the printer.
21432
21433 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21434 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21435 printer.
21436
21437 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21438
21439
21440 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21441 are both set to t.
21442
21443 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21444
21445 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21446 Fast fire function for text printing.
21447
21448 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21449 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21450 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21451 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21452
21453 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21454 user for a new active text printer.
21455
21456 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21457
21458 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21459
21460 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21461 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21462 printer.
21463
21464 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21465
21466 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21467 are both set to t.
21468
21469 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21470
21471 ;;;***
21472 \f
21473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21788 61018 572424 871000))
21474 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21475
21476 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21477 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21478 \\<proced-mode-map>
21479 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21480 the process information.
21481
21482 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21483
21484 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21485 Proced buffers.
21486
21487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21488
21489 ;;;***
21490 \f
21491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21710 25077 674662
21492 ;;;;;; 485000))
21493 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21494
21495 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21496 Start/restart profilers.
21497 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21498 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21499 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21500
21501 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21502
21503 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21504 Open profile FILENAME.
21505
21506 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21507
21508 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21509 Open profile FILENAME.
21510
21511 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21512
21513 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21514 Open profile FILENAME.
21515
21516 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21517
21518 ;;;***
21519 \f
21520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21788 61018
21521 ;;;;;; 598424 886000))
21522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21523
21524 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21525 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21526
21527 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21528 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21529
21530 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21531
21532 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21533 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21534
21535 Commands:
21536 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21537
21538 \(fn)" t nil)
21539
21540 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21541 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21542 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21543
21544 \(fn)" t nil)
21545
21546 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21547 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21548 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21549
21550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21551
21552 ;;;***
21553 \f
21554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21710 25077 708662 334000))
21555 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21556
21557 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21558 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21559 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21560
21561 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21562
21563 ;;;***
21564 \f
21565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21788 61018
21566 ;;;;;; 598424 886000))
21567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21568 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21569
21570 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21571 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21572
21573 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21574
21575 The following variables hold user options, and can
21576 be set through the `customize' command:
21577
21578 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21579 `ps-mode-tab'
21580 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21581 `ps-mode-print-function'
21582 `ps-run-prompt'
21583 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21584 `ps-run-x'
21585 `ps-run-dumb'
21586 `ps-run-init'
21587 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21588 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21589
21590 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21591
21592
21593 \\{ps-mode-map}
21594
21595
21596 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21597 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21598 The keymap for this second window is:
21599
21600 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21601
21602
21603 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21604 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21605 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21606 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21607 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21608
21609 \(fn)" t nil)
21610
21611 ;;;***
21612 \f
21613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21788 61018 610424
21614 ;;;;;; 893000))
21615 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21616 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21617
21618 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21619 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21620 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21621
21622 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21623
21624 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21625 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21626 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21627 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21628
21629 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21630
21631 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21632 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21633
21634 Valid values are:
21635
21636 nil Do not print colors.
21637
21638 t Print colors.
21639
21640 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21641 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21642
21643 Any other value is treated as t.")
21644
21645 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21646
21647 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21648 Customization of ps-print group.
21649
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21651
21652 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21653 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21654
21655 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21656 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21657 sending it to the printer.
21658
21659 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21660 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21661 image in a file with that name.
21662
21663 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21664
21665 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21666 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21667 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21668 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21669 so it has a way to determine color values.
21670
21671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21672
21673 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21674 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21675 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21676
21677 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21678
21679 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21680 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21681 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21682 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21683 so it has a way to determine color values.
21684
21685 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21689 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21690 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21691
21692 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21693
21694 \(fn)" t nil)
21695
21696 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21697 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21698 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21699 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21700 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21701
21702 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21703
21704 \(fn)" t nil)
21705
21706 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21707 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21708 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21709
21710 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21711
21712 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21713
21714 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21715 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21716 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21717 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21718 so it has a way to determine color values.
21719
21720 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21721
21722 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21723
21724 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21725 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21726
21727 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21728 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21729 instead of sending it to the printer.
21730
21731 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21732 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21733 image in a file with that name.
21734
21735 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21738 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21739 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21740 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21741 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21742
21743 \(fn)" t nil)
21744
21745 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21746 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21747 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21748
21749 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21750
21751 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21752 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21753 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21754
21755 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21756
21757 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21758 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21759
21760 \(fn)" nil nil)
21761
21762 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21763 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21764
21765 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21766 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21767
21768 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21769 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21770
21771 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21772
21773 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21774
21775 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21776
21777 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21778 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21779
21780 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21781 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21782
21783 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21784 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21785
21786 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21787
21788 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21789
21790 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21791
21792 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21793 foreground and background colors respectively.
21794
21795 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21796 bold - use bold font.
21797 italic - use italic font.
21798 underline - put a line under text.
21799 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21800 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21801 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21802 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21803 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21804
21805 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21806
21807 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21808
21809 ;;;***
21810 \f
21811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21788 61018 424424
21812 ;;;;;; 787000))
21813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21814 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21815
21816 ;;;***
21817 \f
21818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21788 61018
21819 ;;;;;; 599424 886000))
21820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21821 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21822
21823 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21824
21825 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21826
21827 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21828 Run an inferior Python process.
21829 Input and output via buffer named after
21830 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21831 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21832
21833 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21834 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21835 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21836 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21837
21838 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21839 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21840 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21841
21842 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21843
21844 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21845 Major mode for editing Python files.
21846
21847 \\{python-mode-map}
21848
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21850
21851 ;;;***
21852 \f
21853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21710 25077 571662 944000))
21854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21855
21856 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21857 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21858 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21859 coding-system.
21860
21861 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21862 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21863
21864 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21865 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21866 them into characters should be done separately.
21867
21868 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21869
21870 ;;;***
21871 \f
21872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21788 61018
21873 ;;;;;; 515424 839000))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21875
21876 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21877 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21878
21879 \(fn)" nil nil)
21880
21881 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21882 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21883 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21884
21885 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21886 `quail-activate', which see.
21887
21888 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21889
21890 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21891 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21892 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21893 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21894 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21895 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21896 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21897
21898 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21899 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21900 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21901 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21902 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21903 shown.
21904 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21905
21906 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21907 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21908 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21909 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21910 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21911 list of candidates.
21912
21913 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21914 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21915 command to be called.
21916
21917 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21918 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21919 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21920 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21921
21922 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21923 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21924 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21925 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21926 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21927 to t.
21928
21929 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21930 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21931 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21932 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21933
21934 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21935 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21936 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21937 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21938 defines no translations for single character keys.
21939
21940 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21941 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21942 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21943 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21944 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21945 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21946
21947 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21948 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21949 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21950 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21951 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21952 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21953
21954 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21955 covers Quail translation region.
21956
21957 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21958 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21959 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21960 for it) is inserted.
21961
21962 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21963 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21964 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21965
21966 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21967 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21968 non-Quail commands.
21969
21970 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21971
21972 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21973 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21974
21975 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21976 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21977 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21978 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21979 you type is correctly handled.
21980
21981 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21982
21983 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21984 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21985
21986 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21987 keyboard type.
21988
21989 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21990
21991 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21992 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21993 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21994 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21995 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21996 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21997 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21998 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21999 for the translation.
22000 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22001
22002 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22003 it is used to handle KEY.
22004
22005 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22006 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22007 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22008 the following annotation types are supported.
22009
22010 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22011 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22012
22013 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22014 candidate list.
22015
22016 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22017 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22018 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22019 inserted.
22020
22021 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22022 generated for the following translations.
22023
22024 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22025
22026 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22027 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22028
22029 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22030 which to install MAP.
22031
22032 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22033
22034 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22035
22036 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22037 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22038
22039 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22040 which to install MAP.
22041
22042 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22043
22044 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22045
22046 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22047 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22048 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22049 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22050 a function, or a cons.
22051 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22052 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22053 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22054 for the translation.
22055 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22056 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22057 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22058 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22059 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22060
22061 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22062 it is used to handle KEY.
22063
22064 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22065 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22066 current Quail package.
22067
22068 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22069 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22070
22071 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22072
22073 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22074 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22075
22076 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22077 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22078
22079 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22080
22081 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22082 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22083
22084 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22085
22086 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22087 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22088 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22089 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22090 of the Emacs source tree.
22091
22092 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22093 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22094
22095 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22096 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22097 of each directory.
22098
22099 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22100
22101 ;;;***
22102 \f
22103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21788
22104 ;;;;;; 61018 523424 843000))
22105 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22106
22107 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22108 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22109 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22110 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22111
22112 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22113
22114 ;;;***
22115 \f
22116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22117 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 599662 820000))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22119
22120 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22121 Activate UCS input method.
22122 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22123
22124 While this input method is active, the variable
22125 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22126
22127 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22128
22129 ;;;***
22130 \f
22131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21710 25077 624662
22132 ;;;;;; 708000))
22133 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22134
22135 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22136 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22137 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22138 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22139
22140 To make use of this do something like:
22141
22142 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22143
22144 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22145
22146 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22147 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22148
22149 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22150 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22151 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22152
22153 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22154
22155 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22156 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22157
22158 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22159
22160 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22161 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22162
22163 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22164 is decided.
22165
22166 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22167
22168 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22169 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22170
22171 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22172 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22173 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22174
22175 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22176
22177 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22178 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22179
22180 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22181
22182 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22183 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22184
22185 \(fn)" t nil)
22186
22187 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22188 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22189
22190 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22191
22192 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22193
22194 \(fn)" t nil)
22195
22196 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22197 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22198
22199 \(fn)" t nil)
22200
22201 ;;;***
22202 \f
22203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21788 61018 542424
22204 ;;;;;; 854000))
22205 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22206
22207 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22208 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22209
22210 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22211
22212 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22213
22214 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22215
22216 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22217
22218 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22219
22220
22221 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22222
22223 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22224 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22225 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22228 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22229
22230 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22233 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22234 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22235 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22236 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22237
22238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22239
22240 ;;;***
22241 \f
22242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21710
22243 ;;;;;; 25077 519663 176000))
22244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22245
22246 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22247
22248 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22249 Construct a regexp interactively.
22250 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22251 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22252 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22253
22254 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22255 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22256
22257 \(fn)" t nil)
22258
22259 ;;;***
22260 \f
22261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21710 25077 710662
22262 ;;;;;; 325000))
22263 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22264
22265 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22266 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22267 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22270 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22271
22272 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22273
22274 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22275 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22276 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22277 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22278 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22279
22280 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22281 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22282 were operated on recently.
22283
22284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22285
22286 ;;;***
22287 \f
22288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21788 61018 610424 893000))
22289 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22290
22291 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22292 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22293 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22294 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22295 ends.
22296
22297 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22298 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22299 to be deleted.
22300
22301 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22302
22303 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22304 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22305 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22306
22307 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22308 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22309 deleted.
22310
22311 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22312
22313 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22314 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22315 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22316
22317 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22318
22319 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22320 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22321
22322 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22323 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22324
22325 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22326 deleted.
22327
22328 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22329 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22330 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22331 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22332 even beep.)
22333
22334 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22335
22336 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22337 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22338
22339 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22340
22341 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22342 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22343
22344 \(fn)" t nil)
22345
22346 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22347 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22348 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22349 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22350 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22351 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22352 and point is at the lower right corner.
22353
22354 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22355
22356 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22357 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22358
22359 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22360 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22361
22362 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22363 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22364 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22365
22366 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22367
22368 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22369
22370 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22371 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22372 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22373 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22374 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22375
22376 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22377 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22378
22379 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22380
22381 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22382 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22383 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22384
22385 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22386
22387 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22388
22389 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22390
22391 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22392 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22393
22394 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22395 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22396 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22397
22398 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22399
22400 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22401 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22402 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22403
22404 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22405 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22406 rectangle which were empty.
22407
22408 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22409
22410 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22411 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22412
22413 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22414 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22415 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22416 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22417
22418 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22419
22420 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22421 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22422 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22423
22424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22425
22426 ;;;***
22427 \f
22428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21710 25077
22429 ;;;;;; 726662 254000))
22430 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22431
22432 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22433 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22435 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22436 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22437
22438 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22439 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22440 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22441 auto-filling.
22442
22443 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22444
22445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22446
22447 ;;;***
22448 \f
22449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21788 61018
22450 ;;;;;; 630424 904000))
22451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22452
22453 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22454 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22455
22456 \(fn)" nil nil)
22457
22458 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22459 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22460
22461 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22462 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22463
22464 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22465 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22466 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22467 \\ref macro.
22468
22469 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22470 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22471 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22472
22473 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22474 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22475 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22476
22477 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22478 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22479
22480 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22481 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22482
22483 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22484 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22485 on the menu bar.
22486
22487 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22488
22489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22490
22491 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22492 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22493 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22494
22495 \(fn)" nil nil)
22496
22497 ;;;***
22498 \f
22499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21788
22500 ;;;;;; 61018 626424 902000))
22501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22502
22503 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22504 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22505 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22506 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22507 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22508 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22509
22510 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22511
22512 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22513
22514 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22515 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22516 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22517 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22518 `reftex-cite-format'.
22519
22520 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22521 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22522 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22523 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22524
22525 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22526
22527 ;;;***
22528 \f
22529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22530 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 626424 902000))
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22532
22533 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22534 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22535 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22536 the current TeX document.
22537
22538 With no argument, this command toggles
22539 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22540 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22541
22542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22543
22544 ;;;***
22545 \f
22546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22547 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 627424 902000))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22549
22550 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22551 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22552 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22553
22554 To insert new phrases, use
22555 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22556 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22557
22558 To index phrases use one of:
22559
22560 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22561 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22562 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22563 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22564 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22565
22566 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22567 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22568
22569 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22570
22571 Here are all local bindings.
22572
22573 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22574
22575 \(fn)" t nil)
22576
22577 ;;;***
22578 \f
22579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22580 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 627424 902000))
22581 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22582
22583 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22584 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22585 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22586 of master file.
22587
22588 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22589
22590 ;;;***
22591 \f
22592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21788
22593 ;;;;;; 61018 629424 903000))
22594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22595 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22596 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22597 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22598 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22599
22600 ;;;***
22601 \f
22602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21788
22603 ;;;;;; 61018 453424 803000))
22604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22605
22606 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22607 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22608 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22609 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22610 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22611 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22612
22613 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22614 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22615
22616 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22617 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22618 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22619 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22620
22621 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22622
22623 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22624 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22625 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22626 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22627
22628 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22629
22630 ;;;***
22631 \f
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21710 25077 519663
22633 ;;;;;; 176000))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22635 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22636
22637 ;;;***
22638 \f
22639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21788 61018
22640 ;;;;;; 630424 904000))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22642 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22643
22644 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22645 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22646 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22647 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22648
22649 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22650
22651 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22652
22653 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22654 Call `remember' in another frame.
22655
22656 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22657
22658 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22659 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22660 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22661
22662 \(fn)" t nil)
22663
22664 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22665 Extract diary entries from the region.
22666
22667 \(fn)" nil nil)
22668
22669 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22670 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22671 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22672 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22673
22674 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22675
22676 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22677 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22678 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22679 minor mode.
22680
22681 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22682
22683 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22684 Return the buffer.
22685
22686 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22687 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22688 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22689
22690 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22691
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21710 25077 710662 325000))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22696 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22697
22698 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22699 Repeat most recently executed command.
22700 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22701 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22702 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22703
22704 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22705 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22706 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22707 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22708
22709 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22710 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22711 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22712
22713 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22714
22715 ;;;***
22716 \f
22717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21710 25077
22718 ;;;;;; 602662 806000))
22719 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22720
22721 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22722 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22723
22724 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22725 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22726 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22727 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22728 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22729 and point is left after the salutation.
22730
22731 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22732 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22733 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22734 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22735 left after that text.
22736
22737 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22738 is non-nil.
22739
22740 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22741 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22742 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22743 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22744
22745 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22746
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21710 25077 711662
22750 ;;;;;; 320000))
22751 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22752
22753 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22754 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22755 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22756 visibility of comments that precede it.
22757 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22758 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22759 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22760 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22761 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22762 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22763 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22764 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22765 the comment lines.
22766 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22767 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22768 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22769 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22770 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22771
22772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22773
22774 ;;;***
22775 \f
22776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21788 61018 611424 893000))
22777 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22778
22779 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22780 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22781 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22782 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22783 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22784
22785 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22786 reveals invisible text around point.
22787
22788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22789
22790 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22791 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22792 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22794 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22795 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22796
22797 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22798
22799 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22800 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22801 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22802
22803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22804 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22805 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22806
22807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22808
22809 ;;;***
22810 \f
22811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21710 25077 519663
22812 ;;;;;; 176000))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22814
22815 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22816 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22817
22818 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22819
22820 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22821 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22822
22823 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22824
22825 ;;;***
22826 \f
22827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21710 25077 625662
22828 ;;;;;; 704000))
22829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22830
22831 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22832 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22833 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22834 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22835
22836 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22837
22838 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22839 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22840 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22841 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22842
22843 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22844 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22845
22846 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22847 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22848
22849 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22850 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22851 INPUT-ARGS.
22852
22853 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22854 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22855 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22856 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22857 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22858
22859 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22860 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22861 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22862 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22863
22864 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22865 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22866 variable.
22867
22868 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22869
22870 ;;;***
22871 \f
22872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21788 61018 525424
22873 ;;;;;; 844000))
22874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22875
22876 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22877 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22878
22879 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22880
22881 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22882
22883 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22884 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22885 Its name should end with a slash.")
22886
22887 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22888 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22889
22890 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22891 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22892 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22893
22894 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22895
22896 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22897 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22898 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22899 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22900 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22901 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22902 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22903
22904 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22905 sent by you under different user names.
22906 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22907
22908 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22909
22910 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22911
22912 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22913
22914 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22915 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22916 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22917 explicitly.")
22918
22919 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22920
22921 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22922 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22923 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22924 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22925 which normally happens once for each message,
22926 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22927 To make a change in this variable take effect
22928 for a message that you have already viewed,
22929 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22930
22931 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22932
22933 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22934 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22935 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22936 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22937
22938 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22939
22940 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22941 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22942
22943 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22944
22945 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22946 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22947 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22948
22949 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22950
22951 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22952 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22953 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22954 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22955 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22956 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22957
22958 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22959
22960 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22961 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22962
22963 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22964
22965 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22966 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22967
22968 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22969
22970 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22971 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22972
22973 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22974 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22975
22976 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22977
22978 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22979 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22980
22981 This is set to nil by default.")
22982
22983 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22984 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22985 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22986 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22987 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22988 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22989 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22990
22991 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22992 Read and edit incoming mail.
22993 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22994 file in RMAIL Mode.
22995 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22996
22997 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22998 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22999 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23000 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23001
23002 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23003
23004 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23005
23006 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23007 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23008 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23009 Instead, these commands are available:
23010
23011 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23012 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23013 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23014 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23015 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23016 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23017 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23018 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23019 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23020 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23021 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23022 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23023 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23024 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23025 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23026 till a deleted message is found.
23027 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23028 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23029 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23030 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23031 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23032 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23033 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23034 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23035 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23036 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23037 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23038 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23039 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23040 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23041 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23042 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23043 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23044 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23045 (label defaults to last one specified).
23046 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23047 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23048 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23049 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23050 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23051 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23052 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23053 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23054 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23055
23056 \(fn)" t nil)
23057
23058 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23059 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23060
23061 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23062
23063 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23064 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23065
23066 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23067
23068 ;;;***
23069 \f
23070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21710 25077
23071 ;;;;;; 604662 798000))
23072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23073 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23074
23075 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23076 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23077 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23078 case it writes Babyl.
23079
23080 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23081 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23082 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23083 `rmail-default-file'.
23084
23085 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23086 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23087 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23088
23089 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23090 the header display is currently pruned.
23091
23092 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23093 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23094 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23095 messages after output.
23096
23097 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23098 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23099 message (if writing a file directly).
23100
23101 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23102 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23103
23104 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23105
23106 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23107 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23108 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23109 i) the header is output as currently seen
23110 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23111 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23112
23113 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23114 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23115 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23116
23117 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23118
23119 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23120 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23121 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23122 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23123 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23124 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23125 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23126
23127 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23128 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23129 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23130
23131 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23132
23133 ;;;***
23134 \f
23135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21710 25077
23136 ;;;;;; 634662 664000))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23138
23139 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23140 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23141 Return a pattern.
23142
23143 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23144
23145 ;;;***
23146 \f
23147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21710 25077
23148 ;;;;;; 635662 659000))
23149 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23150
23151 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23152 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23153 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23154 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23155
23156 \(fn)" t nil)
23157
23158 ;;;***
23159 \f
23160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21710 25077
23161 ;;;;;; 635662 659000))
23162 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23163
23164 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23165 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23166
23167 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23168 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23169 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23170 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23171 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23172 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23173 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23174 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23175 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23176 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23177
23178 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23179 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23180 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23181 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23182 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23183 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23184 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23185 to use for finding the schema.
23186
23187 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23188
23189 ;;;***
23190 \f
23191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21710 25077 636662
23192 ;;;;;; 655000))
23193 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23194
23195 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23196
23197 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23198 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23199 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23200 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23201 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23202 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23203 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23204 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23205 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23206 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23207 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23208 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23209 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23210 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23211 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23212 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23213 must be equal.
23214
23215 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23216
23217 ;;;***
23218 \f
23219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21676 8646
23220 ;;;;;; 589839 0))
23221 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23222
23223 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23224 Define a robin package.
23225
23226 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23227 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23228 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23229 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23230
23231 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23232 one replaces the old one.
23233
23234 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23235
23236 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23237 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23238
23239 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23240 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23241 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23242
23243 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23244
23245 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23246 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23247
23248 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23249
23250 ;;;***
23251 \f
23252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21710 25077 711662 320000))
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23254
23255 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23256 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23257
23258 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23259
23260 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23261 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23262
23263 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23264
23265 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23266 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23267
23268 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23269
23270 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23271 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23272 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23273
23274 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23275 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23276 in ROT13.
23277
23278 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23279
23280 \(fn)" t nil)
23281
23282 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23283 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23284
23285 \(fn)" t nil)
23286
23287 ;;;***
23288 \f
23289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21788 61018 631424
23290 ;;;;;; 904000))
23291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23292 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23293
23294 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23295 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23296 \\<rst-mode-map>
23297
23298 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23299 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23300 highlighting.
23301
23302 \\{rst-mode-map}
23303
23304 \(fn)" t nil)
23305
23306 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23307 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23311
23312 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23313 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23314 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23315
23316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23317
23318 ;;;***
23319 \f
23320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21788
23321 ;;;;;; 61018 599424 886000))
23322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23323 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23324
23325 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23326 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23327
23328 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23329
23330 \(fn)" t nil)
23331
23332 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23333
23334 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23335
23336 ;;;***
23337 \f
23338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21788 61018 611424
23339 ;;;;;; 893000))
23340 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23341 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23342
23343 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23344 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23345 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23346
23347 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23348 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23349 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23350 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23351 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23352
23353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23354
23355 ;;;***
23356 \f
23357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21710 25077 519663
23358 ;;;;;; 176000))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23360
23361 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23362 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23363 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23364 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23365
23366 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23367
23368 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23369 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23370 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23371
23372 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23373 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23374 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23375
23376 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23377 notation.
23378
23379 STRING
23380 matches string STRING literally.
23381
23382 CHAR
23383 matches character CHAR literally.
23384
23385 `not-newline', `nonl'
23386 matches any character except a newline.
23387
23388 `anything'
23389 matches any character
23390
23391 `(any SET ...)'
23392 `(in SET ...)'
23393 `(char SET ...)'
23394 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23395 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23396 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23397
23398 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23399 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23400 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23401 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23402
23403 `(not (any SET ...))'
23404 matches any character not in SET ...
23405
23406 `line-start', `bol'
23407 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23408 in the text being matched
23409
23410 `line-end', `eol'
23411 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23412
23413 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23414 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23415 string being matched against.
23416
23417 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23418 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23419 string being matched against.
23420
23421 `buffer-start'
23422 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23423 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23424
23425 `buffer-end'
23426 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23427 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23428
23429 `point'
23430 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23431
23432 `word-start', `bow'
23433 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23434
23435 `word-end', `eow'
23436 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23437
23438 `word-boundary'
23439 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23440 word.
23441
23442 `(not word-boundary)'
23443 `not-word-boundary'
23444 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23445 word.
23446
23447 `symbol-start'
23448 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23449
23450 `symbol-end'
23451 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23452
23453 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23454 matches 0 through 9.
23455
23456 `control', `cntrl'
23457 matches ASCII control characters.
23458
23459 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23460 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23461
23462 `blank'
23463 matches space and tab only.
23464
23465 `graphic', `graph'
23466 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23467 space, and DEL.
23468
23469 `printing', `print'
23470 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23471 and DEL.
23472
23473 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23474 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23475 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23476
23477 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23478 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23479 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23480
23481 `ascii'
23482 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23483
23484 `nonascii'
23485 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23486
23487 `lower', `lower-case'
23488 matches anything lower-case.
23489
23490 `upper', `upper-case'
23491 matches anything upper-case.
23492
23493 `punctuation', `punct'
23494 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23495 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23496
23497 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23498 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23499
23500 `word', `wordchar'
23501 matches anything that has word syntax.
23502
23503 `not-wordchar'
23504 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23505
23506 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23507 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23508 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23509 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23510
23511 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23512 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23513 `word' (\\sw)
23514 `symbol' (\\s_)
23515 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23516 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23517 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23518 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23519 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23520 `escape' (\\s\\)
23521 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23522 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23523 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23524 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23525 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23526
23527 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23528 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23529
23530 `(category CATEGORY)'
23531 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23532 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23533
23534 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23535 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23536 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23537 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23538 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23539 `symbol' (\\c5)
23540 `digit' (\\c6)
23541 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23542 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23543 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23544 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23545 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23546 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23547 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23548 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23549 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23550 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23551 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23552 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23553 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23554 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23555 `ascii' (\\ca)
23556 `arabic' (\\cb)
23557 `chinese' (\\cc)
23558 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23559 `greek' (\\cg)
23560 `korean' (\\ch)
23561 `indian' (\\ci)
23562 `japanese' (\\cj)
23563 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23564 `latin' (\\cl)
23565 `lao' (\\co)
23566 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23567 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23568 `thai' (\\ct)
23569 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23570 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23571 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23572 `can-break' (\\c|)
23573
23574 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23575 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23576
23577 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23578 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23581 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23582
23583 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23585 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23586 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23587
23588 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23589 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23590 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23591 group number N.
23592
23593 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23594 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23595 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23596 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23597 regular expression.
23598
23599 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23600 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23601 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23602 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23603 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23604
23605 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23606 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23607
23608 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23609 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23610
23611 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23612 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23613 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23614
23615 `(* SEXP ...)'
23616 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23617 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23618
23619 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23620 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23621 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23622
23623 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23624 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23625 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23626
23627 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23628 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23629
23630 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23631 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23632
23633 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23634 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23635 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23636 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23637
23638 `(? SEXP ...)'
23639 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23640
23641 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23642 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23643
23644 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23645 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23646 matches N occurrences.
23647
23648 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23649 matches N or more occurrences.
23650
23651 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23652 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23653 matches N to M occurrences.
23654
23655 `(backref N)'
23656 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23657
23658 `(eval FORM)'
23659 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23660 `regexp-quote' it.
23661
23662 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23663 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23664
23665 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23666
23667 ;;;***
23668 \f
23669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21710 25077
23670 ;;;;;; 625662 704000))
23671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23672 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23673
23674 ;;;***
23675 \f
23676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21788 61018 611424
23677 ;;;;;; 893000))
23678 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23679 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23680
23681 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23682 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23683 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23685 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23686 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23687
23688 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23689
23690 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23691 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23693 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23694 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23695
23696 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23697 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23698 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23699 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23700
23701 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23702 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23703 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23704
23705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23706
23707 ;;;***
23708 \f
23709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21788 61018
23710 ;;;;;; 600424 887000))
23711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23712
23713 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23714 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23715 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23716
23717 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23718 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23719 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23720 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23721 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23722 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23723 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23724 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23725
23726 Commands:
23727 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23728 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23729 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23730
23731 \(fn)" t nil)
23732
23733 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23734 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23735 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23736
23737 Commands:
23738 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23739 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23740 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23741 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23742 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23743 that variable's value is a string.
23744
23745 \(fn)" t nil)
23746
23747 ;;;***
23748 \f
23749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21710 25077
23750 ;;;;;; 572662 940000))
23751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23752
23753 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23754 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23755 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23756
23757 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23758
23759 \(fn)" t nil)
23760
23761 ;;;***
23762 \f
23763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21788 61018 611424
23764 ;;;;;; 893000))
23765 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23766
23767 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23768 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23769 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23771 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23772 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23773
23774 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23775
23776 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23777 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23779 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23780 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23781
23782 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23783 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23784
23785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23786
23787 ;;;***
23788 \f
23789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21710 25077
23790 ;;;;;; 711662 320000))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23792
23793 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23794 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23795 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23796 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23797 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23798 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23799 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23800 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23801
23802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23803
23804 ;;;***
23805 \f
23806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21710 25077 625662
23807 ;;;;;; 704000))
23808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23809 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23810 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23811
23812 ;;;***
23813 \f
23814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21788 61018
23815 ;;;;;; 424424 787000))
23816 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23817 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23818
23819 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23820 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23821 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23822
23823 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23824 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23825 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23826 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23827 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23828 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23829 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23830 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23831 keybinding for tag names.
23832 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23833 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23834 of the symbol under point.
23835 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23836 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23837 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23838 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23839 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23840 syntax tokens.
23841 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23842
23843 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23844
23845 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23846 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23847 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23850 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23851
23852 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23853
23854 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23855 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23857 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23858 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23859
23860 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23861 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23862 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23863 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23864 Semantic mode.
23865
23866 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23867
23868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23869
23870 ;;;***
23871 \f
23872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23873 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 425424 788000))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23875
23876 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23877 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23878
23879 \(fn)" t nil)
23880
23881 ;;;***
23882 \f
23883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23884 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 497663 275000))
23885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23886
23887 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23888 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23889
23890 \(fn)" t nil)
23891
23892 ;;;***
23893 \f
23894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21788 61018
23895 ;;;;;; 526424 845000))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23897
23898 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23899 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23900
23901 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23902 king@grassland.com
23903 If `parens', they look like:
23904 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23905 If `angles', they look like:
23906 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23907
23908 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23909 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23910
23911 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23912
23913 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23914 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23915 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23916 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23917
23918 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23919 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23920 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23921 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23922
23923 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23924
23925 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23926 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23927 This is done when the message is initialized,
23928 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23929
23930 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23931
23932 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23933 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23934 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23935
23936 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23937
23938 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23939 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23940 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23941 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23942 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23943 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23944 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23945
23946 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23947
23948 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23949 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23950
23951 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23952
23953 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23954 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23955 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23956 be a Babyl file.")
23957
23958 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23959
23960 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23961 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23962 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23963 when you first send mail.")
23964
23965 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23966
23967 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23968 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23969 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23970 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23971 This file need not actually exist.")
23972
23973 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23974
23975 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23976 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23977
23978 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23979
23980 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23981 Alist of mail address aliases,
23982 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23983 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23984 can specify a different file name.)
23985 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23986 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23987
23988 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23989 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23990 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23991
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23993
23994 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23995 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23996 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23997
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23999
24000 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24001 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24002 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24003 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24004 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24005 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24006 in the cited portion of the message.
24007
24008 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24009 instead of no action.")
24010
24011 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24012
24013 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24014 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24015 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24016 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24017 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24018
24019 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24020
24021 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24022 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24023 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24024 If a string, that string is inserted.
24025 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24026 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24027 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24028 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24029
24030 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24031
24032 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24033 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24034
24035 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24036
24037 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24038 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24039 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24040
24041 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24042 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24043
24044 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24045
24046 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24047 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24048 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24049 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24050
24051 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24052
24053 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24054 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24055 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24056
24057 \(fn)" nil nil)
24058
24059 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24060
24061 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24062
24063
24064 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24065
24066 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24067 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24068 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24069
24070 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24071 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24072
24073 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24074 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24075 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24076 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24077 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24078 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24079 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24080 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24081 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24082 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24083 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24084 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24085 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24086 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24087
24088 \(fn)" t nil)
24089
24090 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24091 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24092 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24093 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24094
24095 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24096
24097 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24098 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24099 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24100 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24101 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24102 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24103
24104 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24105 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24106 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24107
24108 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24109 User should not set this variable manually,
24110 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24111 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24112 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24113
24114 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24115 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24116 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24117 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24118
24119 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24120 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24121
24122 \\<mail-mode-map>
24123 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24124
24125 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24126 to move to message header fields:
24127 \\{mail-mode-map}
24128
24129 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24130 when the message is initialized.
24131
24132 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24133 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24134
24135 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24136 is inserted.
24137
24138 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24139 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24140
24141 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24142 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24143 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24144 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24145 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24146 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24147 buffer without erasing the contents.
24148
24149 The second through fifth arguments,
24150 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24151 the initial contents of those header fields.
24152 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24153 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24154 original message being replied to, or else an action
24155 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24156 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24157 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24158 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24159 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24160 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24161
24162 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24163
24164 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24165 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24166
24167 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24168
24169 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24170 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24171
24172 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24173
24174 ;;;***
24175 \f
24176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21788 61018 613424 894000))
24177 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24178
24179 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24180
24181 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24182
24183 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24184
24185 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24186 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24187 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24188 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24189 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24190 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24191
24192 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24193 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24194
24195 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24196 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24197 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24198
24199 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24200 \\[server-start].
24201
24202 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24203
24204 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24205 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24206 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24207 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24208
24209 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24210
24211 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24212 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24213 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24216 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24217
24218 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24219
24220 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24221 Toggle Server mode.
24222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24223 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24224 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24225
24226 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24227 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24228 `server-start' for details.
24229
24230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24231
24232 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24233 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24234 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24235
24236 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24237 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24238
24239 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24240
24241 ;;;***
24242 \f
24243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21788 61018 614424 895000))
24244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24245
24246 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24247 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24248
24249 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24250 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24251 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24252 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24253 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24254
24255 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24256 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24257 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24258 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24259 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24260 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24261
24262 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24263 displayed.
24264
24265 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24266 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24267 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24268
24269 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24270 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24271
24272 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24273 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24274
24275 \\{ses-mode-map}
24276 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24277 part):
24278 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24279 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24280 formula:
24281 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24282
24283 \(fn)" t nil)
24284
24285 ;;;***
24286 \f
24287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21788
24288 ;;;;;; 61018 631424 904000))
24289 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24290
24291 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24292 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24293 Makes > match <.
24294 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24295 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24296
24297 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24298 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24299 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24300
24301 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24302 in your init file.
24303
24304 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24305
24306 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24307 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24308 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24309
24310 \(fn)" t nil)
24311
24312 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24313 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24314 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24315 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24316 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24317 which this is based.
24318
24319 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24320
24321 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24322 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24323 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24324 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24325
24326 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24327 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24328 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24329
24330 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24331 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24332 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24333 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24334
24335 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24336 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24337 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24338 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24339
24340 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24341
24342 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24343 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24344 To work around that, do:
24345 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24346
24347 \\{html-mode-map}
24348
24349 \(fn)" t nil)
24350
24351 ;;;***
24352 \f
24353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21788
24354 ;;;;;; 61018 600424 887000))
24355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24356 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24357 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24358
24359 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24360 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24361 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24362 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24363 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24364 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24365
24366 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24367 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24368 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24369 shell-specific features.
24370
24371 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24372 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24373 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24374 \\<sh-mode-map>
24375 \\[sh-case] case statement
24376 \\[sh-for] for loop
24377 \\[sh-function] function definition
24378 \\[sh-if] if statement
24379 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24380 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24381 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24382 \\[sh-select] select loop
24383 \\[sh-until] until loop
24384 \\[sh-while] while loop
24385
24386 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24387 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24388 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24389 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24390 would indent to the way it currently is.
24391 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24392 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24393
24394
24395 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24396 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24397 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24398 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24399 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24400
24401 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24402 unquoted < insert a here document.
24403
24404 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24405 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24406 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24407
24408 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24409 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24410
24411 \(fn)" t nil)
24412
24413 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24414
24415 ;;;***
24416 \f
24417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21710 25077
24418 ;;;;;; 519663 176000))
24419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24420
24421 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24422 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24423
24424 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24425 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24426 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24427
24428 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24429 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24430 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24431 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24432 the earlier.
24433
24434 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24435
24436 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24437
24438 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24439 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24440 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24441
24442 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24443 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24444
24445 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24446 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24447 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24448 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24449 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24450 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24451 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24452 Emacs version).
24453
24454 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24455 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24456 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24457 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24458 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24459
24460 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24461 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24462
24463 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24464
24465 ;;;***
24466 \f
24467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21710 25077 713662
24468 ;;;;;; 311000))
24469 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24470
24471 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24472 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24473 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24474 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24475 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24476 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24477 sites in the cluster.
24478
24479 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24480
24481 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24482 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24483 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24484 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24485 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24486
24487 \(fn)" t nil)
24488
24489 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24490 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24491 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24492 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24493 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24494 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24495 `shadow-define-cluster').
24496
24497 \(fn)" t nil)
24498
24499 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24500 Set up file shadowing.
24501
24502 \(fn)" t nil)
24503
24504 ;;;***
24505 \f
24506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21788 61018 614424 895000))
24507 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24508
24509 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24510 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24511 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24512 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24513 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24514 arguments.")
24515
24516 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24517
24518 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24519 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24520 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24521 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24522 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24523
24524 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24525 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24526 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24527 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24528 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24529 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24530 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24531 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24532 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24533 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24534 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24535
24536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24537 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24538 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24539 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24541 `default-process-coding-system'.
24542
24543 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24544 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24545 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24546 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24547
24548 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24549
24550 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24551
24552 ;;;***
24553 \f
24554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21788 61018 543424 854000))
24555 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24556
24557 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24558 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24559
24560 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24561
24562 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24563 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24564 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24565 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24566
24567 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24568
24569 ;;;***
24570 \f
24571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21710 25077 572662
24572 ;;;;;; 940000))
24573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24574
24575 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24576
24577
24578 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24579
24580 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24581
24582
24583 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24584
24585 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24586
24587
24588 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24589
24590 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24591
24592
24593 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24594
24595 ;;;***
24596 \f
24597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21710 25077
24598 ;;;;;; 572662 940000))
24599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24600
24601 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24602 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24603 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24604 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24605 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24606
24607 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24608
24609 \(fn)" t nil)
24610
24611 ;;;***
24612 \f
24613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21710 25077
24614 ;;;;;; 701662 365000))
24615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24616
24617 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24618 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24619 \\{simula-mode-map}
24620 Variables controlling indentation style:
24621 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24622 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24623 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24624 `simula-indent-level'
24625 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24626 `simula-substatement-offset'
24627 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24628 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24629 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24630 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24631 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24632 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24633 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24634 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24635 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24636 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24637 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24638 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24639 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24640 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24641 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24642 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24643 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24644 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24645 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24646 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24647 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24648 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24649 or nil if they should not be changed.
24650 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24651 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24652 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24653 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24654
24655 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24656 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24657
24658 \(fn)" t nil)
24659
24660 ;;;***
24661 \f
24662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21788 61018 616424
24663 ;;;;;; 896000))
24664 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24665
24666 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24667 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24668
24669 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24670 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24671 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24672 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24673
24674 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24675
24676 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24677
24678 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24679 Insert SKELETON.
24680 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24681 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24682 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24683 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24684 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24685
24686 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24687 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24688
24689 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24690
24691 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24692 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24693
24694 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24695 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24696 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24697 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24698
24699 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24700 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24701 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24702 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24703
24704 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24705 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24706 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24707
24708 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24709 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24710
24711 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24712 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24713
24714 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24715 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24716 is at bol/eol
24717 _ interesting point, interregion here
24718 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24719 interesting point set by _
24720 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24721 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24722 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24723 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24724 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24725 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24726 nil skipped
24727
24728 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24729 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24730
24731 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24732 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24733 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24734 as the first element when at bol.
24735
24736 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24737 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24738 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24739 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24740 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24741 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24742 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24743 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24744
24745 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24746 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24747 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24748 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24749 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24750 available:
24751
24752 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24753 then: insert previously read string once more
24754 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24755 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24756 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24757
24758 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24759 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24760
24761 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24762
24763 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24764 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24765
24766 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24767 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24768 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24769 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24770 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24771 such as backslash.
24772
24773 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24774 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24775 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24776
24777 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24778
24779 ;;;***
24780 \f
24781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21788 61018
24782 ;;;;;; 640424 910000))
24783 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24784
24785 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24786 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24787 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24788 buffer names.
24789
24790 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24791
24792 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24793 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24795 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24796 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24797 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24798
24799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24800
24801 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24802 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24803 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24804
24805 \(fn)" t nil)
24806
24807 ;;;***
24808 \f
24809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21710 25077 572662
24810 ;;;;;; 940000))
24811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24812
24813 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24814 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24815 A list of images is returned.
24816
24817 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24818
24819 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24820 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24821 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24822
24823 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24824
24825 ;;;***
24826 \f
24827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21788 61018
24828 ;;;;;; 527424 845000))
24829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24830
24831 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24832
24833
24834 \(fn)" nil nil)
24835
24836 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24837 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24838
24839 \(fn)" t nil)
24840
24841 ;;;***
24842 \f
24843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21710 25077 673662
24844 ;;;;;; 490000))
24845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24846
24847 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24848 Play the Snake game.
24849 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24850
24851 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24852
24853 Snake mode keybindings:
24854 \\<snake-mode-map>
24855 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24856 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24857 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24858 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24859 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24860 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24861 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24862
24863 \(fn)" t nil)
24864
24865 ;;;***
24866 \f
24867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21710 25077
24868 ;;;;;; 626662 699000))
24869 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24870
24871 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24872 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24873 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24874 Tab indents for C code.
24875 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24876 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24877 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24878 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24879 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24880
24881 \(fn)" t nil)
24882
24883 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24884 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24885 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24886 Tab indents for C code.
24887 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24888 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24889 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24890 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24891 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24892
24893 \(fn)" t nil)
24894
24895 ;;;***
24896 \f
24897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21788 61018 419424
24898 ;;;;;; 784000))
24899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24900
24901 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24902 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24903 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24904 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24905 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24906
24907 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24908
24909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24910
24911 ;;;***
24912 \f
24913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21710 25077
24914 ;;;;;; 673662 490000))
24915 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24916
24917 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24918 Play Solitaire.
24919
24920 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24921 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24922 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24923 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24924 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24925 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24926 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24927 check after each move or undo.)
24928
24929 What is Solitaire?
24930
24931 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24932 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24933 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24934
24935 Le Solitaire
24936 ============
24937
24938 o o o
24939
24940 o o o
24941
24942 o o o o o o o
24943
24944 o o o . o o o
24945
24946 o o o o o o o
24947
24948 o o o
24949
24950 o o o
24951
24952 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24953 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24954 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24955 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24956
24957 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24958 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24959 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24960 this: o o .
24961
24962 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24963 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24964
24965 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24966
24967 o o o
24968
24969 . o o
24970
24971 o o . o o o o
24972
24973 o . o o o o o
24974
24975 o o o o o o o
24976
24977 o o o
24978
24979 o o o
24980
24981 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24982
24983 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24984
24985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24986
24987 ;;;***
24988 \f
24989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21710 25077 715662 303000))
24990 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24991 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24992
24993 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24994 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24995
24996 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24997 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24998 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24999 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25000 contiguous.
25001
25002 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25003 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25004 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25005 the sort order.
25006
25007 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25008 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25009
25010 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25011 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25012 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25013 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25014 is called.
25015
25016 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25017 It should move point to the end of the record.
25018
25019 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25020 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25021 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25022 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25023 starts at the beginning of the record.
25024
25025 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25026 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25027 same as ENDRECFUN.
25028
25029 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25030 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25031 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25032 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25033 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25034 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25035 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25036
25037 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25038
25039 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25040 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25041 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25042 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25043 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25044 the sort order.
25045
25046 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25047
25048 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25049 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25050 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25051 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25052 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25053 the sort order.
25054
25055 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25056
25057 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25058 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25059 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25060 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25061 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25062 the sort order.
25063
25064 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25065 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25066
25067 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25068 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25069 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25070 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25071 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25072 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25073 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25074 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25075 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25076
25077 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25078
25079 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25080 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25081 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25082 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25083 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25084 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25085 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25086 the sort order.
25087
25088 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25089
25090 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25091 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25092 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25093 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25094
25095 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25096 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25097
25098 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25099 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25100 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25101 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25102 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25103 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25104 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25105 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25106
25107 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25108
25109 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25110 the sort order.
25111
25112 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25113 starting with the letter \"f\",
25114 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25115
25116 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25117
25118 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25119 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25120 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25121 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25122 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25123 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25124 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25125 the sort order.
25126
25127 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25128 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25129 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25130 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25131 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25132
25133 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25134
25135 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25136 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25137 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25138
25139 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25140
25141 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25142 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25143 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25144 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25145 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25146 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25147 each repeated line.
25148
25149 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25150 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25151 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25152 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25153
25154 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25155 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25156
25157 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25158 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25159
25160 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25161
25162 ;;;***
25163 \f
25164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21788 61018 503424 832000))
25165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25166
25167 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25168 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25169 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25170 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25171 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25172 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25173
25174 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25175
25176 ;;;***
25177 \f
25178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21710
25179 ;;;;;; 25077 572662 940000))
25180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25181
25182 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25183 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25184
25185 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25186 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25187 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25188
25189 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25190
25191 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25192 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25193 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25194 server.
25195
25196 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25197
25198 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25199 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25200 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25201
25202 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25203
25204 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25205 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25206 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25207 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25208 Agent is plugged.
25209
25210 \(fn)" t nil)
25211
25212 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25213 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25214 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25215 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25216
25217 \(fn)" t nil)
25218
25219 ;;;***
25220 \f
25221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21788 61018 617424
25222 ;;;;;; 896000))
25223 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25224
25225 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25226
25227 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25228 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25229 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25230 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25231 supported at a time.
25232 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25233 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25234
25235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25238 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25239 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25240 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25241
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25243
25244 ;;;***
25245 \f
25246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21710 25077 673662
25247 ;;;;;; 490000))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25249
25250 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25251 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25252
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25254
25255 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25256 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25257
25258 \(fn)" nil nil)
25259
25260 ;;;***
25261 \f
25262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21788 61018 602424
25263 ;;;;;; 888000))
25264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25265 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25266
25267 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25268 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25269
25270 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25271 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25272 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25273 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25274 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25275 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25276 of the current highlighting list.
25277
25278 For example:
25279
25280 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25281 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25282
25283 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25284 `_t' as data types.
25285
25286 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25287
25288 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25289 Major mode to edit SQL.
25290
25291 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25292 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25293 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25294
25295 \\{sql-mode-map}
25296 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25297
25298 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25299 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25300 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25301 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25302 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25303 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25304
25305 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25306 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25307
25308 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25309 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25310 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25311
25312 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25313 (lambda ()
25314 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25315
25316 \(fn)" t nil)
25317
25318 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25319 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25320
25321 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25322 their settings.
25323
25324 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25325 is specified in the connection settings.
25326
25327 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25328
25329 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25330 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25331
25332 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25333 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25334
25335 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25336 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25337 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25338 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25339
25340 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25341
25342 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25343
25344 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25345 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25346
25347 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25348 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25349 `*SQL*'.
25350
25351 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25352 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25353 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25354 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25355
25356 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25357 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25358
25359 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25360 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25361 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25362 buffer.
25363
25364 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25365 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25366 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25367 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25368 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25369 `default-process-coding-system'.
25370
25371 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25372
25373 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25374
25375 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25376 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25377
25378 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25379 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25380 `*SQL*'.
25381
25382 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25383 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25384 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25385 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25386
25387 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25388 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25389
25390 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25391 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25392 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25393 buffer.
25394
25395 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25396 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25397 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25398 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25399 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25400 `default-process-coding-system'.
25401
25402 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25403
25404 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25405
25406 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25407 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25408
25409 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25410 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25411 `*SQL*'.
25412
25413 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25414 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25415
25416 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25417 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25418
25419 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25420 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25421 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25422 buffer.
25423
25424 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25425 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25426 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25427 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25428 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25429 `default-process-coding-system'.
25430
25431 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25432
25433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25434
25435 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25436 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25437
25438 SQLite is free software.
25439
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25442 `*SQL*'.
25443
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25445 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25446 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25447 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25448
25449 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25450 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25451
25452 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25454 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25455 buffer.
25456
25457 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25458 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25459 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25460 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25461 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25462 `default-process-coding-system'.
25463
25464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25465
25466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25467
25468 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25469 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25470
25471 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25472
25473 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25474 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25475 `*SQL*'.
25476
25477 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25478 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25479 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25480 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25481
25482 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25483 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25484
25485 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25486 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25487 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25488 buffer.
25489
25490 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25491 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25492 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25493 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25494 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25495 `default-process-coding-system'.
25496
25497 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25498
25499 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25500
25501 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25502 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25503
25504 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25505 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25506 `*SQL*'.
25507
25508 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25509 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25510 defaults, if set.
25511
25512 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25513 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25514
25515 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25516 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25517 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25518 buffer.
25519
25520 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25521 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25522 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25523 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25524 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25525 `default-process-coding-system'.
25526
25527 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25528
25529 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25530
25531 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25532 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25533
25534 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25535 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25536 `*SQL*'.
25537
25538 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25539 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25540
25541 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25542 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25543
25544 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25545 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25546 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25547 buffer.
25548
25549 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25550 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25551 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25552 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25553 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25554 `default-process-coding-system'.
25555
25556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25557
25558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25559
25560 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25561 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25562
25563 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25564 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25565 `*SQL*'.
25566
25567 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25568 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25569 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25570 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25571
25572 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25574
25575 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25576 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25577 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25578 buffer.
25579
25580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25585 `default-process-coding-system'.
25586
25587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25588
25589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25590
25591 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25592 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25593
25594 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25595 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25596 `*SQL*'.
25597
25598 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25599 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25600 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25601 `sql-postgres-options'.
25602
25603 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25604 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25605
25606 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25607 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25608 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25609 buffer.
25610
25611 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25612 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25614 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25615 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25616 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25617 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25618 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25619
25620 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25621 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25622
25623 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25624
25625 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25626
25627 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25628 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25629
25630 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25631 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25632 `*SQL*'.
25633
25634 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25635 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25636 defaults, if set.
25637
25638 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25639 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25640
25641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25642 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25644 buffer.
25645
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'.
25652
25653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25654
25655 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25656
25657 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25658 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25659
25660 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25661 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25662 `*SQL*'.
25663
25664 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25665 automatic login.
25666
25667 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25668 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25669
25670 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25671 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25672 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25673 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25674
25675 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25676 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25677 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25678 buffer.
25679
25680 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25681 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25682 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25683 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25684 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25685 `default-process-coding-system'.
25686
25687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25688
25689 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25690
25691 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25692 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25693
25694 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25695 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25696 `*SQL*'.
25697
25698 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25699 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25700 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25701 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25702 parameters.
25703
25704 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25705 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25706 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25707 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25708 an empty password.
25709
25710 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25711 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25712
25713 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25714 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25715 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25716 buffer.
25717
25718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25719
25720 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25721
25722 ;;;***
25723 \f
25724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21710 25077 498663
25725 ;;;;;; 270000))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25727 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25728
25729 ;;;***
25730 \f
25731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25732 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 435424 793000))
25733 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25734
25735 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25736 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25737
25738 \(fn)" t nil)
25739
25740 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25741
25742 ;;;***
25743 \f
25744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21710 25077
25745 ;;;;;; 573662 936000))
25746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25747
25748 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25749 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25750 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25751 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25752 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25753 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25754 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25755 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25756 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25757 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25758 with any buffer
25759 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25760 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25761 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25762 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25763
25764 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25765
25766 ;;;***
25767 \f
25768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21710 25077 716662
25769 ;;;;;; 298000))
25770 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25771
25772 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25773 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25774 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25775 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25776 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25777 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25778
25779 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25780
25781 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25782
25783 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25784 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25785 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25786 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25787 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25788 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25789 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25790
25791 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25792
25793 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25794 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25795 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25796 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25797 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25798 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25799 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25800
25801 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25802
25803 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25804 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25805 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25806
25807 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25808
25809 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25810 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25811 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25812
25813 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25814
25815 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25816 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25817
25818 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25819
25820 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25821 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25822
25823 \(fn)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25826 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25827
25828 \(fn)" t nil)
25829
25830 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25831 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25832 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25833 by command name.
25834 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25835
25836 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25837
25838 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25839 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25840 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25843 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25844
25845 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25846
25847 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25848 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25851 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25852
25853 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25854 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25855 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25856 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25857 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25858
25859 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25860 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25861 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25862 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25863
25864 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25865
25866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25869 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25870 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25871 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25872
25873 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25874
25875 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25876 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25877
25878 \(fn)" t nil)
25879
25880 ;;;***
25881 \f
25882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21676 8647 80843
25883 ;;;;;; 0))
25884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25885
25886 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25887 Studlify-case the region.
25888
25889 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25890
25891 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25892 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25893
25894 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25895
25896 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25897 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25898
25899 \(fn)" t nil)
25900
25901 ;;;***
25902 \f
25903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21788 61018
25904 ;;;;;; 603424 889000))
25905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25906
25907 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25908 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25912
25913 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25914 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25915 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25916 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25917
25918 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25919 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25920 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25921
25922 Nomenclature Subwords
25923 ===========================================================
25924 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25925 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25926 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25927
25928 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25929 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25930 as words.
25931
25932 \\{subword-mode-map}
25933
25934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25935
25936 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25937 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25938 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25941 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25942
25943 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25944
25945 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25946 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25947 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25948 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25949 ARG is omitted or nil.
25950
25951 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25952 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25953 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25954
25955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25956
25957 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25958 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25962
25963 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25964 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25965 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25966
25967 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25968 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25969 edit them as words.
25970
25971 \\{superword-mode-map}
25972
25973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25974
25975 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25976 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25977 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25979 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25980 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25981
25982 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25983
25984 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25985 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25986 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25987 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25988 ARG is omitted or nil.
25989
25990 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25991 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25992 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25993
25994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25995
25996 ;;;***
25997 \f
25998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21710 25077
25999 ;;;;;; 605662 793000))
26000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26001
26002 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26003 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26004 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26005 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26006 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26007 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26008 original message but it does require a few things:
26009
26010 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26011
26012 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26013 reply buffer.
26014
26015 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26016 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26017 original message.
26018
26019 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26020
26021 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26022
26023 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26024 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26025 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26026
26027 \(fn)" nil nil)
26028
26029 ;;;***
26030 \f
26031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21710 25077 717662
26032 ;;;;;; 294000))
26033 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26034
26035 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26036
26037 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26038 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26039 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26041 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26042 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26043
26044 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26045
26046 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26047 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26051
26052 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26053 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26054 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26055
26056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26057
26058 ;;;***
26059 \f
26060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21710 25077 717662 294000))
26061 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26062
26063 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26064 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26065 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26066 buffer.
26067
26068 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26069 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26070 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26071
26072 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26073
26074 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26075 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26076 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26077 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26078 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26079 buffer.
26080
26081 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26082 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26083 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26084
26085 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26086
26087 ;;;***
26088 \f
26089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21710 25077 731662
26090 ;;;;;; 231000))
26091 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26092
26093 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26094 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26095 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26096
26097 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26098
26099 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26100 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26101
26102 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26103
26104 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26105 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26106
26107 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26108
26109 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26110 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26111
26112 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26113
26114 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26115 Insert an editable text table.
26116 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26117 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26118 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26119 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26120 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26121 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26122 delimiting them.
26123
26124 Examples:
26125
26126 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26127
26128 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26129 location of point.
26130
26131 -!-
26132
26133 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26134 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26135 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26136 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26137 first cell.
26138
26139 +-----+-----+-----+
26140 |-!- | | |
26141 +-----+-----+-----+
26142
26143 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26144
26145 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26146 width, which results as
26147
26148 +--------------+-----+-----+
26149 |-!- | | |
26150 +--------------+-----+-----+
26151
26152 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26153 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26154
26155 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156 | | |-!- |
26157 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26158
26159 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26160 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26161 width information to `table-insert'.
26162
26163 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26164
26165 instead of
26166
26167 Cell width(s): 5
26168
26169 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26170 work all together.
26171
26172 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26173 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26174
26175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26176 |-!- | | |
26177 | | | |
26178 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179
26180 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26181
26182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183 |-!- | | |
26184 | | | |
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 | | | |
26187 | | | |
26188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26189
26190 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26191
26192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26193 | | | |
26194 | | | |
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 | | | |
26197 | | | |
26198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26199 -!-
26200
26201 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26202 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26203 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26204
26205 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26206 | | | |
26207 | | | |
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 | | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212 |-!- | | |
26213 | | | |
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215
26216 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26217 results.
26218
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 | | | |
26221 | | | |
26222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26224 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26225 | | |expected results.-!- |
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227 | | | |
26228 | | | |
26229 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26230
26231 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26232
26233 \\{table-cell-map}
26234
26235 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26236
26237 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26238 Insert N table row(s).
26239 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26240 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26241 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26242 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26243
26244 \(fn N)" t nil)
26245
26246 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26247 Insert N table column(s).
26248 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26249 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26250 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26251 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26252
26253 \(fn N)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26256 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26257 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26258
26259 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26260
26261 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26262 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26263 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26264 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26265 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26266 all the table specific features.
26267
26268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26269
26270 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26271
26272
26273 \(fn)" t nil)
26274
26275 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26276 Recognize all tables within region.
26277 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26278 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26279 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26280 specific features.
26281
26282 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26283
26284 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26285
26286
26287 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26288
26289 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26290 Recognize a table at point.
26291 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26292 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26293 the table specific features.
26294
26295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26296
26297 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26298
26299
26300 \(fn)" t nil)
26301
26302 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26303 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26304 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26305 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26306 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26307 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26308 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26309
26310 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26311
26312 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26313
26314
26315 \(fn)" t nil)
26316
26317 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26318 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26319 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26320 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26321 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26322 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26323 specified.
26324
26325 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26326
26327 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26328 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26329 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26330 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26331 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26332 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26333 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26334 table structure.
26335
26336 \(fn N)" t nil)
26337
26338 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26339 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26340 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26341 table's rectangle structure.
26342
26343 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26344
26345 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26346 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26347 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26348 table's rectangle structure.
26349
26350 \(fn N)" t nil)
26351
26352 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26353 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26354 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26355 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26356 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26357
26358 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26359
26360 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26361 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26362 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26363
26364 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26365 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26366 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26367 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26368 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26369 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26370 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26371
26372 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26373 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26374 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26375 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26376 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26377 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26378 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26379
26380 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26381 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26382 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26383 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26384 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26385 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26386 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26387 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26388
26389 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26390
26391 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26392 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26393 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26394 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26395
26396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26397
26398 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26399 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26400 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26401
26402 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26403
26404 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26405 Split current cell vertically.
26406 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26407
26408 \(fn)" t nil)
26409
26410 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26411 Split current cell horizontally.
26412 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26413
26414 \(fn)" t nil)
26415
26416 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26417 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26418 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26419
26420 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26421
26422 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26423 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26424 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26425 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26426
26427 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26428
26429 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26430 Justify cell contents.
26431 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26432 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26433 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26434 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26435
26436 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26437
26438 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26439 Justify cells of a row.
26440 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26441 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26442
26443 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26444
26445 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26446 Justify cells of a column.
26447 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26448 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26449
26450 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26451
26452 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26453 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26454 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26455 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26456 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26457 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26458 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26459 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26460 run-time.
26461
26462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26463
26464 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26465 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26466 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26467 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26468 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26469 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26470 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26471 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26472 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26473 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26474 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26475
26476 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26477
26478 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26479 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26480 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26481 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26482 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26483 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26484 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26485 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26486 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26487 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26488 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26489 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26490 untouched.
26491
26492 References used for this implementation:
26493
26494 HTML:
26495 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26496
26497 LaTeX:
26498 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26499
26500 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26501 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26502 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26503
26504 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26505
26506 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26507 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26508 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26509 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26510 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26511 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26512 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26513 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26514 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26515 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26516 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26517 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26518 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26519 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26520 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26521 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26522 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26523
26524 Example:
26525
26526 (progn
26527 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26528 (table-forward-cell 15)
26529 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26530 (table-forward-cell 16)
26531 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26532 (table-forward-cell 1)
26533 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26534
26535 (progn
26536 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26537 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26538 (table-forward-cell 1)
26539 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26540
26541 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26542
26543 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26544 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26545 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26546 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26547 consists from cells of same height.
26548
26549 \(fn N)" t nil)
26550
26551 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26552 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26553 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26554 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26555 column must consists from cells of same width.
26556
26557 \(fn N)" t nil)
26558
26559 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26560 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26561 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26562 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26563 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26564 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26565 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26566 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26567 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26568 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26569 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26570 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26571 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26572 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26573 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26574
26575
26576 Example 1:
26577
26578 1, 2, 3, 4
26579 5, 6, 7, 8
26580 , 9, 10
26581
26582 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26583 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26584 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26585 specified as 5.
26586
26587 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26588 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26589 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26590 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26591 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26592 | | 9 | 10 | |
26593 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26594
26595 Note:
26596
26597 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26598 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26599 of each row is optional.
26600
26601
26602 Example 2:
26603
26604 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26605 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26606 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26607 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26608 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26609
26610 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26611 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26612
26613 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26614 expression and raw delimiter regular
26615 expression, it parses the specified text
26616 area and extracts cell items from
26617 non-table text and then forms a table out
26618 of them.
26619
26620 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26621 creates a single cell table. The text in
26622 the specified region is placed in that
26623 cell.-*-
26624
26625 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26626 like this.
26627
26628 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26629 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26630 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26631 | |
26632 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26633 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26634 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26635 | area and extracts cell items from |
26636 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26637 | of them. |
26638 | |
26639 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26640 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26641 | the specified region is placed in that |
26642 | cell. |
26643 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26644
26645 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26646 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26647 independently.
26648
26649 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26650 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26651 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26652 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26653 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26654 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26655 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26656 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26657 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26658 | |of them. |
26659 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26660 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26661 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26662 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26663 | |cell. |
26664 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26665
26666 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26667 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26668 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26669
26670 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26671
26672 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26673 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26674 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26675 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26676 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26677
26678 \(fn)" t nil)
26679
26680 ;;;***
26681 \f
26682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21710 25077 717662 294000))
26683 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26684
26685 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26686 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26687
26688 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26689
26690 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26691 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26692
26693 \(fn)" t nil)
26694
26695 ;;;***
26696 \f
26697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21788 61018 618424
26698 ;;;;;; 897000))
26699 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26700
26701 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26702 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26703 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26704 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26705 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26706 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26707 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26708
26709 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26710 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26711 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26712 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26713
26714 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26715 \\{tar-mode-map}
26716
26717 \(fn)" t nil)
26718
26719 ;;;***
26720 \f
26721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21710 25077 702662
26722 ;;;;;; 360000))
26723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26724
26725 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26726 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26727 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26728 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26729 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26730 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26731
26732 Variables controlling indentation style:
26733 `tcl-indent-level'
26734 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26735 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26736 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26737
26738 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26739 documentation for details):
26740 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26741 Controls action of TAB key.
26742 `tcl-auto-newline'
26743 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26744 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26745 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26746 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26747 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26748
26749 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26750 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26751 already exist.
26752
26753 \(fn)" t nil)
26754
26755 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26756 Run inferior Tcl process.
26757 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26758 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26759
26760 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26761
26762 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26763 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26764 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26765
26766 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26767
26768 ;;;***
26769 \f
26770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21710 25077 627662
26771 ;;;;;; 695000))
26772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26773
26774 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26775 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26776 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26777 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26778
26779 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26780 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26781 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26782 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26783 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26784
26785 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26786
26787 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26788 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26789 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26790 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26791
26792 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26793
26794 ;;;***
26795 \f
26796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21788 61018 619424 898000))
26797 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26798
26799 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26800 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26801 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26802 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26803 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26804 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26805
26806 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26807
26808 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26809 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26810 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26811 commands to use in that buffer.
26812
26813 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26814
26815 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26816
26817 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26818 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26819
26820 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26821
26822 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26823 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26824 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26825 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26826 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26827 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26828 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26829 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26830 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26831 use in that buffer.
26832 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26833
26834 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26835
26836 ;;;***
26837 \f
26838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21710
26839 ;;;;;; 25077 521663 168000))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26841
26842 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26843 Start coverage on function under point.
26844
26845 \(fn)" t nil)
26846
26847 ;;;***
26848 \f
26849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21710 25077 673662
26850 ;;;;;; 490000))
26851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26852 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26853
26854 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26855 Play the Tetris game.
26856 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26857 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26858 as to form complete rows.
26859
26860 tetris-mode keybindings:
26861 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26862 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26863 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26864 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26865 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26866 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26867 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26868 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26869 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26870
26871 \(fn)" t nil)
26872
26873 ;;;***
26874 \f
26875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21788 61018
26876 ;;;;;; 632424 905000))
26877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26878
26879 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26880 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26881
26882 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26883
26884 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26885 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26886 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26887 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26888 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26889
26890 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26891
26892 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26893 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26894 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26895 if it matches the first line of the file,
26896 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26897
26898 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26899
26900 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26901 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26902 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26903 if the variable is non-nil.")
26904
26905 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26906
26907 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26908 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26909
26910 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26911
26912 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26913 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26914 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26915 See the documentation of that variable.")
26916
26917 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26918
26919 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26920 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26921 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26922 See the documentation of that variable.")
26923
26924 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26925
26926 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26927 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26928 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26929 See the documentation of that variable.")
26930
26931 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26932
26933 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26934 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26935 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26936 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26937 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26938
26939 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26940
26941 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26942 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26943 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26944 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26945
26946 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26947
26948 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26949 User defined LaTeX block names.
26950 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26951
26952 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26953
26954 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26955 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26956 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26957 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26958
26959 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26960
26961 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26962 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26963 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26964 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26965
26966 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26967
26968 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26969 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26970 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26971 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26972
26973 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26974 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26975 for example,
26976
26977 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26978 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26979
26980 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26981 use.")
26982
26983 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26984
26985 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26986 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26987 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26988 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26989 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26990
26991 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26992
26993 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26994
26995 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26996 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26997 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26998
26999 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27000
27001 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27002 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27003 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27004 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27005 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27006
27007 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27008
27009 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27010 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27011
27012 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27013
27014 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27015 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27016
27017 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27018
27019 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27020 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27021 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27022 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27023 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27024 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27025 says which mode to use.
27026
27027 \(fn)" t nil)
27028
27029 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27030
27031 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27032
27033 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27034
27035 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27036 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27037 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27038 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27039 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27040
27041 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27042 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27043 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27044 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27045 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27046 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27047 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27048
27049 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27050 mismatched $'s or braces.
27051
27052 Special commands:
27053 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27054
27055 Mode variables:
27056 tex-run-command
27057 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27058 tex-directory
27059 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27060 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27061 tex-dvi-print-command
27062 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27063 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27064 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27065 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27066 tex-dvi-view-command
27067 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27068 tex-show-queue-command
27069 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27070 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27071
27072 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27073 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27074 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27075
27076 \(fn)" t nil)
27077
27078 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27079 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27080 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27081 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27082 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27083
27084 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27085 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27086 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27087 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27088 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27089 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27090 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27091
27092 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27093 mismatched $'s or braces.
27094
27095 Special commands:
27096 \\{latex-mode-map}
27097
27098 Mode variables:
27099 latex-run-command
27100 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27101 tex-directory
27102 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27103 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27104 tex-dvi-print-command
27105 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27106 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27107 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27108 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27109 tex-dvi-view-command
27110 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27111 tex-show-queue-command
27112 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27113 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27114
27115 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27116 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27117 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27118
27119 \(fn)" t nil)
27120
27121 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27122 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27123 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27124 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27125 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27126
27127 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27128 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27129 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27130 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27131 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27132 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27133 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27134
27135 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27136 mismatched $'s or braces.
27137
27138 Special commands:
27139 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27140
27141 Mode variables:
27142 slitex-run-command
27143 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27144 tex-directory
27145 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27146 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27147 tex-dvi-print-command
27148 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27149 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27150 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27151 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27152 tex-dvi-view-command
27153 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27154 tex-show-queue-command
27155 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27156 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27157
27158 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27159 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27160 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27161 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27162
27163 \(fn)" t nil)
27164
27165 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27166
27167
27168 \(fn)" nil nil)
27169
27170 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27171 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27172
27173 \(fn)" t nil)
27174
27175 ;;;***
27176 \f
27177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21710 25077
27178 ;;;;;; 732662 227000))
27179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27180
27181 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27182 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27183 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27184 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27185
27186 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27187 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27188 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27189
27190 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27191
27192 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27193 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27194 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27195 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27196 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27197
27198 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27199
27200 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27201 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27202 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27203 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27204
27205 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27206 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27207 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27208 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27209
27210 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27211 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27212
27213 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27214
27215 ;;;***
27216 \f
27217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21710 25077
27218 ;;;;;; 732662 227000))
27219 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27220
27221 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27222 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27223
27224 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27225
27226 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27227 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27228
27229 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27230
27231 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27232 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27233
27234 It has these extra commands:
27235 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27236
27237 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27238 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27239 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27240 modified version of TeX input format.
27241
27242 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27243 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27244 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27245 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27246
27247 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27248 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27249 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27250 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27251 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27252 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27253 in the Texinfo file.
27254
27255 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27256 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27257 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27258 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27259 move forward past the closing brace.
27260
27261 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27262 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27263
27264 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27265 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27266 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27267
27268 Here are the functions:
27269
27270 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27271 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27272 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27273
27274 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27275 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27276 texinfo-master-menu
27277
27278 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27279
27280 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27281 which menu descriptions are indented.
27282
27283 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27284 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27285 in the region.
27286
27287 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27288 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27289 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27290 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27291
27292 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27293 be the first node in the file.
27294
27295 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27296 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27297
27298 \(fn)" t nil)
27299
27300 ;;;***
27301 \f
27302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21710
27303 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
27304 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27305
27306 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27307 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27308 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27309 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27310
27311 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27312
27313 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27314 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27315
27316 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27317
27318 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27319 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27320
27321 \(fn)" t nil)
27322
27323 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27324
27325
27326 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27327
27328 ;;;***
27329 \f
27330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21710 25077 733662
27331 ;;;;;; 222000))
27332 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27333
27334 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27335 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27336 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27337 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27338 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27339 `line', and `page'.
27340
27341 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27342
27343 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27344 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27345 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27346 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27347 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27348 `line', and `page'.
27349
27350 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27351 valid THING.
27352
27353 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27354 positions of the thing found.
27355
27356 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27357
27358 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27359 Return the THING at point.
27360 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27361 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27362 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27363 `line', `number', and `page'.
27364
27365 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27366 strip text properties from the return value.
27367
27368 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27369 a symbol as a valid THING.
27370
27371 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27372
27373 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27374 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27375
27376 \(fn)" nil nil)
27377
27378 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27379 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27380
27381 \(fn)" nil nil)
27382
27383 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27384 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27385
27386 \(fn)" nil nil)
27387
27388 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27389 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27390
27391 \(fn)" nil nil)
27392
27393 ;;;***
27394 \f
27395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21710 25077 733662 222000))
27396 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27397
27398 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27399 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27400
27401 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27402
27403 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27404 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27405 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27406 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27407
27408 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27409
27410 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27411 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27412
27413 \(fn)" t nil)
27414
27415 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27416 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27417
27418 \(fn)" t nil)
27419
27420 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27421
27422 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27423 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27424
27425 \(fn)" t nil)
27426
27427 ;;;***
27428 \f
27429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21710
27430 ;;;;;; 25077 590662 860000))
27431 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27432
27433 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27434 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27435 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27436
27437 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27438
27439 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27440 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27441
27442 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27443
27444 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27445 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27446 The returned string has no composition information.
27447
27448 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27449
27450 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27451 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27452
27453 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27454
27455 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27456 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27457
27458 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27459
27460 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27461 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27462 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27463 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27464
27465 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27466
27467 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27468 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27469 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27470 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27471
27472 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27473
27474 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27475 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27476 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27477
27478 \(fn)" t nil)
27479
27480 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27481 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27482 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27483
27484 \(fn)" t nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27487
27488
27489 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27490
27491 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27492
27493
27494 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27495
27496 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27497
27498
27499 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27500
27501 ;;;***
27502 \f
27503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21788 61018
27504 ;;;;;; 632424 905000))
27505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27506 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27507
27508 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27509 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27510 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27511 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27512 parameters.
27513 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27514
27515 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27516
27517 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27518 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27519 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27520 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27521 parameters.
27522 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27523
27524 \(fn)" t nil)
27525
27526 ;;;***
27527 \f
27528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21710 25077 733662 222000))
27529 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27530
27531 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27532 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27533
27534 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27535 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27536
27537 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27538 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27539 This display updates automatically every minute.
27540 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27541 are displayed as well.
27542 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27543
27544 \(fn)" t nil)
27545
27546 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27547 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27548 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27551 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27552
27553 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27554
27555 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27556 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27559 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27560
27561 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27562 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27563 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27564 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27565 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27566
27567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27568
27569 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27570 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27571 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27572 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27573
27574 \(fn)" t nil)
27575
27576 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27577 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27578 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27579 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27580
27581 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27582
27583 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27584 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27585
27586 \(fn)" t nil)
27587
27588 ;;;***
27589 \f
27590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21788
27591 ;;;;;; 61018 419424 784000))
27592 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27593
27594 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27595 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27596 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27597
27598 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27599 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27600 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27601 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27602 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27603 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27604
27605 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27606 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27607
27608 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27609
27610 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27611 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27612
27613 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27616 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27617
27618 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27619
27620 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27621 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27622 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27623
27624 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27625
27626 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27627
27628 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27629 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27630 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27631
27632 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27633
27634 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27635 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27636
27637 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27638
27639 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27640 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27641 DATE should be a date-time string.
27642
27643 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27644
27645 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27646 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27647 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27648
27649 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27652 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27653
27654 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27655
27656 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27657 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27658
27659 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27660
27661 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27662 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27663 TIME should be a time value.
27664 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27665
27666 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27667
27668 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27669 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27670 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27671
27672 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27673
27674 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27675 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27676 The valid format specifiers are:
27677 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27678 %d is the number of days.
27679 %h is the number of hours.
27680 %m is the number of minutes.
27681 %s is the number of seconds.
27682 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27683 %% is a literal \"%\".
27684
27685 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27686 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27687
27688 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27689 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27690 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27691
27692 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27693 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27694 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27695
27696 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27697
27698 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27699
27700 ;;;***
27701 \f
27702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21710 25077 733662
27703 ;;;;;; 222000))
27704 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27705 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27706 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27707 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27708 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27709 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27710 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27711 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27712 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27713
27714 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27715 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27716 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27717 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27718 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27719 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27720 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27721 look like one of the following:
27722 Time-stamp: <>
27723 Time-stamp: \" \"
27724 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27725 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27726 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27727 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27728 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27729 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27730 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27731 the template.
27732
27733 \(fn)" t nil)
27734
27735 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27736 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27737 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27738
27739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27740
27741 ;;;***
27742 \f
27743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21788
27744 ;;;;;; 61018 419424 784000))
27745 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27746 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27747
27748 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27749 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27750 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27752 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27753 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27754
27755 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27756
27757 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27758 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27759 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27760 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27761 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27762 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27763 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27764 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27765 display (non-nil means on).
27766
27767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27768
27769 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27770 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27771 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27772 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27773 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27774 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27775 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27776 this function is called within a day.
27777
27778 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27779 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27780 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27781 discover the name of the project.
27782
27783 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27784
27785 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27786 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27787 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27788 begun during the last time segment.
27789
27790 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27791 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27792 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27793 discover the reason.
27794
27795 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27796
27797 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27798 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27799 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27800 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27801 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27802
27803 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27804
27805 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27806 Change to working on a different project.
27807 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27808 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27809 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27810 working on.
27811
27812 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27813
27814 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27815 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27816 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27817
27818 \(fn)" nil nil)
27819
27820 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27821 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27822 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27823
27824 \(fn)" t nil)
27825
27826 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27827 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27828 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27829 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27830 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27831 \"relative to today\".
27832
27833 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27834
27835 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27836 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27837 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27838 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27839
27840 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27841
27842 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27843 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27844 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27845 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27846 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27847 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27848
27849 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27850
27851 ;;;***
27852 \f
27853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27854 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 584662 887000))
27855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27856
27857 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27858 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27859 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27860 the generated Quail package is saved.
27861
27862 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27863
27864 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27865 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27866 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27867 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27868 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27869 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27870 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27871
27872 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27873
27874 ;;;***
27875 \f
27876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21788 61018 633424 906000))
27877 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27878 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27879 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27880
27881 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27882 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27883 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27884 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27885 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27886
27887 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27888 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27889 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27890
27891 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27892
27893 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27894 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27895 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27896 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27897 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27898
27899 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27900
27901 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27902 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27903 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27904 in the menu in two ways:
27905 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27906 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27907 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27908
27909 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27910 keymap or an alist of alists.
27911 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27912 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27913
27914 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27915
27916 ;;;***
27917 \f
27918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21781
27919 ;;;;;; 3670 683209 613000))
27920 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27921
27922 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27923 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27924
27925 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27926 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27927 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27928 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27929 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27930 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27931 file was last visited.
27932
27933 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27934 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27935 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27936 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27937 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27938 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27939 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27940 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27941 for the first item.
27942
27943 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27944 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27945 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27946 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27947 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27948 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27949 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27950 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27951
27952 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27953 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27954 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27955 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27956 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27957
27958 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27959 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27960
27961 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27962
27963 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27964 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27965
27966 \\{todo-mode-map}
27967
27968 \(fn)" t nil)
27969
27970 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27971 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27972
27973 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27974
27975 \(fn)" t nil)
27976
27977 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27978 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27979
27980 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27981
27982 \(fn)" t nil)
27983
27984 ;;;***
27985 \f
27986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21710 25077 734662
27987 ;;;;;; 218000))
27988 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27989
27990 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27991 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27992 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27993
27994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27995
27996 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27997 Add an item to the tool bar.
27998 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27999 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28000 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28001 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28002
28003 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28004 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28005 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28006 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28007
28008 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28009 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28010
28011 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28012
28013 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28014 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28015 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28016 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28017 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28018 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28019
28020 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28021 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28022 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28023 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28024
28025 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28026
28027 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28028 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28029 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28030 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28031 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28032 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28033 properties to add to the binding.
28034
28035 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28036
28037 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28038 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28039
28040 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28043 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28044 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28045 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28046 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28047 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28048 properties to add to the binding.
28049
28050 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28051 holds a keymap.
28052
28053 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28054
28055 ;;;***
28056 \f
28057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21710 25077 521663
28058 ;;;;;; 168000))
28059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28060
28061 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28062 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28063 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28064 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28065 to a tcp server on another machine.
28066
28067 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28068
28069 ;;;***
28070 \f
28071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21710 25077
28072 ;;;;;; 521663 168000))
28073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28074
28075 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28076 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28077
28078 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28079
28080 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28081 Helper function to get internal values.
28082 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28083
28084 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28085
28086 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28087 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28088 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28089 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28090
28091 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28092 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28093 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28094 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28095 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28096
28097 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28098 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28099 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28100 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28101
28102 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28103
28104 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28105
28106 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28107 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28108 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28109 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28110
28111 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28112
28113 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28114
28115 ;;;***
28116 \f
28117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21788 61018 547424
28118 ;;;;;; 857000))
28119 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28120
28121 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28122 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28123 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28124
28125 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28126
28127 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28128 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28129
28130 It can have the following values:
28131
28132 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28133 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28134
28135 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28136
28137 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28138 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28139 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28140 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28141
28142 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28143
28144 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28145 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28146 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28147 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28148
28149 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28150 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28151 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28152 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28153 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28154 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28155 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28156 files which are not really Tramp files.
28157
28158 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28159 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28160 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28161 updated after changing this variable.
28162
28163 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28164
28165 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28166 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28167 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28168 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28169
28170 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28171
28172 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28173 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28174 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28175 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28176
28177 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28178 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28179 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28180
28181 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28182 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28183 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28184 updated after changing this variable.
28185
28186 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28187
28188 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28189 Alist of completion handler functions.
28190 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28191 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28192 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28193
28194 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28195 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28196 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28197 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28198
28199 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28200 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28201 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28202
28203 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28204 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28205
28206 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28207 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28208
28209 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28210
28211 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28212
28213
28214 \(fn)" nil nil)
28215
28216 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28217 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28218
28219 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28220
28221 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28222 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28223
28224 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28225
28226 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28227 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28228
28229 \(fn)" t nil)
28230
28231 ;;;***
28232 \f
28233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21710 25077
28234 ;;;;;; 628662 690000))
28235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28236
28237 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28238
28239
28240 \(fn)" nil nil)
28241
28242 ;;;***
28243 \f
28244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21710 25077 734662
28245 ;;;;;; 218000))
28246 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28247
28248 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28249 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28250 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28251 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28252 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28253 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28254 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28255 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28256
28257 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28258 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28259 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28260
28261 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28262 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28263 resumed later.
28264
28265 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28266
28267 ;;;***
28268 \f
28269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21676 8646
28270 ;;;;;; 619137 0))
28271 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28272
28273 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28274
28275
28276 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28277
28278 ;;;***
28279 \f
28280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21710
28281 ;;;;;; 25077 733662 222000))
28282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28283 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28284 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28285 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28286
28287 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28288 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28289 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28290 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28291 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28292 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28293 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28294
28295 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28296
28297 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28298 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28299 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28300 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28301
28302 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28303
28304 \(fn)" t nil)
28305
28306 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28307 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28308 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28309 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28310 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28311 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28312 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28313
28314 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28315 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28316
28317 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28318 \\___/\\
28319 / \\
28320 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28321
28322 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28323
28324 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28325
28326 ;;;***
28327 \f
28328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21788 61018 633424
28329 ;;;;;; 906000))
28330 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28331
28332 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28333 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28334 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28337 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28338
28339 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28340
28341 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28342 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28343 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28344
28345 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28346 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28347 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28348 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28349 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28350 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28351 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28352
28353 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28354 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28355
28356 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28357 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28358 reset the keystroke counter.
28359
28360 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28361 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28362 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28363 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28364
28365 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28366 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28367 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28368 `type-break-schedule' command.
28369
28370 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28371 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28372 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28373 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28374 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28375 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28376 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28377 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28378 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28379
28380 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28381 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28382 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28383 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28384 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28385
28386 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28387 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28388 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28389 approximate good values for this.
28390
28391 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28392 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28393
28394 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28395 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28396 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28397 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28398 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28399 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28400
28401 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28402 a typing break occur. They include:
28403
28404 `type-break-query-mode'
28405 `type-break-query-function'
28406 `type-break-query-interval'
28407
28408 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28409
28410 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28411 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28412 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28413 problems.
28414
28415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28416
28417 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28418 Take a typing break.
28419
28420 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28421 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28422
28423 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28424 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28425
28426 \(fn)" t nil)
28427
28428 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28429 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28430 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28431 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28432
28433 \(fn)" t nil)
28434
28435 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28436 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28437
28438 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28439 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28440 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28441 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28442 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28443 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28444 average typing speed.)
28445
28446 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28447 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28448 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28449 the computed maximum threshold.
28450
28451 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28452 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28453 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28454 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28455 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28456
28457 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28458
28459 ;;;***
28460 \f
28461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21710 25077 605662 793000))
28462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28463
28464 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28465 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28466 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28467 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28468 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28469
28470 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28471
28472 ;;;***
28473 \f
28474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28475 ;;;;;; (21710 25077 584662 887000))
28476 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28477
28478 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28479 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28480
28481 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28482
28483 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28484 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28485
28486 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28487
28488 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28489 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28490
28491 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28492
28493 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28494 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28495
28496 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28497
28498 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28499 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28500
28501 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28502
28503 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28504 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28505
28506 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28507
28508 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28509 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28510
28511 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28512
28513 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28514 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28515
28516 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28517
28518 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28519 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28520
28521 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28522
28523 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28524 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28525
28526 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28527
28528 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28529 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28530
28531 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28532
28533 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28534 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28535
28536 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28537
28538 ;;;***
28539 \f
28540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21710
28541 ;;;;;; 25077 733662 222000))
28542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28543
28544 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28545 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28546 Works by overstriking underscores.
28547 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28548 which specify the range to operate on.
28549
28550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28551
28552 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28553 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28554 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28555 which specify the range to operate on.
28556
28557 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28558
28559 ;;;***
28560 \f
28561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21710 25077 605662
28562 ;;;;;; 793000))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28564
28565 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28566 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28567 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28568 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28569 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28570 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28571
28572 \(fn)" nil nil)
28573
28574 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28575 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28576 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28577
28578 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28579
28580 ;;;***
28581 \f
28582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21710 25077
28583 ;;;;;; 521663 168000))
28584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28585
28586 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28587 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28588 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28589 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28590
28591 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28592
28593 ;;;***
28594 \f
28595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21788 61018 636424 907000))
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28597
28598 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28599 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28600 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28601 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28602 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28603
28604 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28605 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28606 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28607 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28608 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28609 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28610
28611 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28612 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28613 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28614
28615 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28616 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28617 the callback is not called).
28618
28619 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28620 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28621 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28622 take effect.
28623
28624 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28625 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28626 the server.
28627 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28628 URL-encoded before it's used.
28629
28630 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28631
28632 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28633 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28634 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28635 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28636 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28637
28638 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28639
28640 ;;;***
28641 \f
28642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21710 25077 735662
28643 ;;;;;; 213000))
28644 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28645
28646 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28647 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28648 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28649
28650 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28651 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28652 `url-generic-parse-url'
28653 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28654 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28655 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28656 realm
28657 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28658 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28659 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28660 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28661 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28662 what type of auth to use
28663 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28664 if one cannot be found in the cache
28665
28666 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28667
28668 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28669 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28670
28671 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28672 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28673 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28674 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28675 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28676 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28677 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28678 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28679
28680 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28681
28682 ;;;***
28683 \f
28684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21788 61018
28685 ;;;;;; 634424 906000))
28686 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28687
28688 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28689 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28690
28691 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28692
28693 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28694 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28695 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28696
28697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28698
28699 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28700 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28701
28702 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28703
28704 ;;;***
28705 \f
28706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21710 25077 735662
28707 ;;;;;; 213000))
28708 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28709
28710 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28711
28712
28713 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28714
28715 ;;;***
28716 \f
28717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21788 61018 634424
28718 ;;;;;; 906000))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28720
28721 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28722 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28723 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28724
28725 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28726
28727 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28728 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28729 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28730 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28731
28732 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28733 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28734 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28735 though.
28736
28737 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28738
28739 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28740 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28741 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28742
28743 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28744
28745 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28746
28747
28748 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28749
28750 ;;;***
28751 \f
28752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21710 25077 736662
28753 ;;;;;; 209000))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28755
28756 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28757 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28758
28759 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28760
28761 ;;;***
28762 \f
28763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21788 61018 634424
28764 ;;;;;; 906000))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28766
28767 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28768 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28769
28770 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28771
28772 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28773 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28774 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28775 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28776 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28777
28778 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28779
28780 ;;;***
28781 \f
28782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21788
28783 ;;;;;; 61018 635424 907000))
28784 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28785
28786 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28787 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28788 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28790 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28791 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28792
28793 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28794
28795 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28796 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28798 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28799 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28800
28801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28802
28803 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28804 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28805 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28806 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28807
28808 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28809
28810 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28811 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28812 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28813 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28814 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28815 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28816 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28817 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28818 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28819 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28820
28821 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28822
28823 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28824 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28825 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28826 accessible.
28827
28828 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28829
28830 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28831
28832
28833 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28834
28835 ;;;***
28836 \f
28837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21788 61018 635424
28838 ;;;;;; 907000))
28839 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28840 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28841
28842 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28843 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28844 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28845 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28846 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28847
28848 ;;;***
28849 \f
28850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21710 25077 737662
28851 ;;;;;; 205000))
28852 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28853
28854 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28855
28856
28857 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28858
28859 ;;;***
28860 \f
28861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21710 25077 737662
28862 ;;;;;; 205000))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28864
28865 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28866 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28867 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28868 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28869 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28870
28871 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28872
28873 ;;;***
28874 \f
28875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21710 25077
28876 ;;;;;; 737662 205000))
28877 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28878
28879 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28880
28881
28882 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28883
28884 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28885 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28886
28887 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28888
28889 ;;;***
28890 \f
28891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21710 25077 737662
28892 ;;;;;; 205000))
28893 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28894
28895 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28896 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28897
28898 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28899
28900 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28901 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28902
28903 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904
28905 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28906
28907
28908 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28909
28910 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28911
28912 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28913
28914 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28915
28916 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28917 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28918
28919 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28920
28921 ;;;***
28922 \f
28923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21710 25077 737662
28924 ;;;;;; 205000))
28925 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28926
28927 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28928
28929
28930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28931
28932 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28933
28934
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28936
28937 ;;;***
28938 \f
28939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21710 25077 737662
28940 ;;;;;; 205000))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28942
28943 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28944
28945
28946 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28947
28948 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28949
28950
28951 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28952
28953 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28954
28955
28956 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28957
28958 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28959
28960
28961 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28962
28963 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28964
28965
28966 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28967
28968 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28969
28970
28971 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28972
28973 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28974
28975
28976 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28977
28978 ;;;***
28979 \f
28980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21710 25077
28981 ;;;;;; 737662 205000))
28982 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28983
28984 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28985 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28986
28987 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28988
28989 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28990 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28991 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28992
28993 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28994 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28995 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28996 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28997 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28998 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28999 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29000 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29001 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29002 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29003 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29004 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29005 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29006 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29007
29008 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29009 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29010 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29011
29012 Here is an example. The URL
29013
29014 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29015
29016 parses to
29017
29018 TYPE = \"foo\"
29019 USER = \"bob\"
29020 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29021 HOST = \"example.com\"
29022 PORTSPEC = 42
29023 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29024 TARGET = \"nose\"
29025 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29026 FULLNESS = t
29027
29028 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29029
29030 ;;;***
29031 \f
29032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21710 25077
29033 ;;;;;; 737662 205000))
29034 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29035
29036 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29037 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29038
29039 \(fn)" t nil)
29040
29041 ;;;***
29042 \f
29043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21788 61018
29044 ;;;;;; 635424 907000))
29045 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29046
29047 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29048 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29049 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29050 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29051 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29052 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29053
29054 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29055
29056 ;;;***
29057 \f
29058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21788 61018 636424
29059 ;;;;;; 907000))
29060 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29061
29062 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29063 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29064 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29065
29066 If t, all messages will be logged.
29067 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29068 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29069
29070 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29071
29072 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29073
29074
29075 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29076
29077 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29078
29079
29080 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29081
29082 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29083 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29084 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29085 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29086 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29087 & ==> &amp;
29088 < ==> &lt;
29089 > ==> &gt;
29090 \" ==> &quot;
29091
29092 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29093
29094 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29095 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29096 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29097
29098 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29099
29100 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29101 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29102 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29103
29104 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29105
29106 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29107 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29108
29109 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29110
29111 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29112 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29113
29114 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29117 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29118
29119 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29120
29121 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29122
29123
29124 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29125
29126 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29127
29128
29129 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29130
29131 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29132
29133 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29134 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29135
29136 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29137
29138 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29139 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29140
29141 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29142
29143 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29144
29145
29146 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29147
29148 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29149 Build a query-string.
29150
29151 Given a QUERY in the form:
29152 '((key1 val1)
29153 (key2 val2)
29154 (key3 val1 val2)
29155 (key4)
29156 (key5 \"\"))
29157
29158 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29159
29160 This will return a string
29161 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29162 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29163 be used.
29164
29165 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29166
29167 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29168 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29169
29170 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29171
29172 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29173 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29174 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29175 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29176 forbidden in URL encoding.
29177
29178 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29181 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29182 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29183 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29184 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29185 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29186
29187 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29188 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29189 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29190 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29191
29192 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29193
29194 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29195 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29196 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29197 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29198 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29199 should return it unchanged.
29200
29201 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29202
29203 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29204 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29205 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29206 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29207
29208 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29209
29210 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29211 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29212 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29213
29214 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29215
29216 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29217 View the current document's URL.
29218 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29219 the minibuffer.
29220
29221 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29222
29223 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29224
29225 ;;;***
29226 \f
29227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21710 25077 738662
29228 ;;;;;; 200000))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29230
29231 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29232 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29233 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29234 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29235 to refrain from editing the file
29236 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29237 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29238 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29239 in any way you like.
29240
29241 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29242
29243 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29244 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29245 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29246 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29247 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29248
29249 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29250 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29251
29252 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29253
29254 ;;;***
29255 \f
29256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21710 25077
29257 ;;;;;; 585662 882000))
29258 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29259
29260 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29261
29262
29263 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29264
29265 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29266
29267
29268 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29269
29270 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29271
29272
29273 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29274
29275 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29276
29277
29278 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29279
29280 ;;;***
29281 \f
29282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21710 25077 573662 936000))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29284
29285 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29286 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29287
29288 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29289
29290 ;;;***
29291 \f
29292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21710 25077
29293 ;;;;;; 605662 793000))
29294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29295
29296 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29297 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29298 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29299 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29300
29301 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29302
29303 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29304 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29305 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29306
29307 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29308
29309 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29310 Uudecode region between START and END.
29311 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29312
29313 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29314
29315 ;;;***
29316 \f
29317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21788 61018 645424 912000))
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29319
29320 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29321 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29322 See `run-hooks'.")
29323
29324 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29325
29326 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29327 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29328 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29329
29330 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29331
29332 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29333 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29334 See `run-hooks'.")
29335
29336 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29337
29338 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29339 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29340 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29341 same state. If not, signal an error.
29342
29343 For merging-based version control systems:
29344 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29345 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29346 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29347 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29348 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29349 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29350
29351 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29352 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29353 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29354 the file(s) for editing.
29355 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29356 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29357 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29358 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29359 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29360 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29361
29362 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29365 Register into a version control system.
29366 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29367 Otherwise register the current file.
29368 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29369 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29370
29371 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29372 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29373 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29374 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29375 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29376 first backend that could register the file is used.
29377
29378 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29379
29380 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29381 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29382
29383 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29384
29385 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29386 Display diffs between file revisions.
29387 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29388 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29389 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29390
29391 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29392 saving the buffer.
29393
29394 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29395
29396 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29397 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29398 repository history using ediff.
29399
29400 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29401
29402 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29403 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29404 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29405 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29406 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29407
29408 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29409 saving the buffer.
29410
29411 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29412
29413 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29414 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29415 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29416 fileset with the working revision.
29417 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29418 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29419
29420 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29421 saving the buffer.
29422
29423 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29424
29425 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29426 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29427 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29428 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29429
29430 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29431
29432 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29433 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29434 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29435 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29436
29437 \(fn)" t nil)
29438
29439 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29440 Perform a version control merge operation.
29441 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29442 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29443 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29444 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29445
29446 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29447 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29448 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29449 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29450 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29451 changes from the current branch.
29452
29453 \(fn)" t nil)
29454
29455 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29456
29457 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29458 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29459 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29460 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29461 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29462 checked out in that new branch.
29463
29464 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29465
29466 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29467 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29468 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29469 named branch in the directory DIR.
29470 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29471 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29472 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29473 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29474 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29475 allowed and simply skipped).
29476
29477 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29478
29479 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29480 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29481 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29482 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29483 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29484
29485 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29486 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29487
29488 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29489
29490 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29491 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29492 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29493 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29494 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29495
29496 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29497
29498 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29499 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29500 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29501
29502 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29503
29504 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29505 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29506 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29507
29508 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29509
29510 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29511 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29512 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29513 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29514
29515 \(fn)" t nil)
29516
29517 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29518 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29519 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29520 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29521
29522 \(fn)" t nil)
29523
29524 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29525
29526 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29527 Update the current fileset or branch.
29528 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29529 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29530 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29531 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29532
29533 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29534 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29535 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29536 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29537 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29538
29539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29540
29541 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29542
29543 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29544 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29545 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29546 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29547 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29548 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29549 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29550
29551 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29552
29553 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29554 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29555 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29556 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29557 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29558 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29559 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29560 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29561 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29562
29563 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29564
29565 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29566 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29567 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29568 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29569
29570 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29571
29572 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29573 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29574 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29575 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29576
29577 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29578
29579 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29580 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29581 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29582 directory.
29583
29584 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29585
29586 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29587 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29588 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29589
29590 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29591 log entries should be gathered.
29592
29593 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29594
29595 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29596 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29597
29598 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29599
29600 ;;;***
29601 \f
29602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21788 61018
29603 ;;;;;; 640424 910000))
29604 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29605
29606 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29607 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29608
29609 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29610 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29611 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29612 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29613 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29614 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29615
29616 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29617 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29618 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29619 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29620 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29621 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29622 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29623 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29624
29625 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29626
29627 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29628
29629 Customization variables:
29630
29631 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29632 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29633 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29634 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29635
29636 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29637
29638 ;;;***
29639 \f
29640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21788 61018 640424
29641 ;;;;;; 910000))
29642 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29643 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29644 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29645 (progn
29646 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29647 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29648
29649 ;;;***
29650 \f
29651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21788 61018 641424
29652 ;;;;;; 910000))
29653 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29654
29655 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29656 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29657
29658 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29659 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29660 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29661 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29662 (progn
29663 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29664 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29665
29666 ;;;***
29667 \f
29668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21788 61018 641424
29669 ;;;;;; 910000))
29670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29671 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29672 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29673 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29674 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29675 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29676 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29677
29678 ;;;***
29679 \f
29680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21788 61018 642424
29681 ;;;;;; 911000))
29682 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29683
29684 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29685 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29686 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29687 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29688 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29689
29690 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29691 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29692 The file lines appear later.
29693
29694 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29695 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29696
29697 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29698
29699 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29700
29701 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29702
29703 ;;;***
29704 \f
29705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21788
29706 ;;;;;; 61018 642424 911000))
29707 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29708
29709 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29710 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29711 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29712 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29713 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29714 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29715 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29716 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29717 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29718 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29719 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29720 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29721 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29722 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29723 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29724
29725 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29726
29727 ;;;***
29728 \f
29729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21788 61018 642424
29730 ;;;;;; 911000))
29731 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29732 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29733 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29734 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29735 (progn
29736 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29737 (vc-git-registered file))))
29738
29739 ;;;***
29740 \f
29741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21788 61018 642424 911000))
29742 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29743 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29744 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29745 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29746 (progn
29747 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29748 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29749
29750 ;;;***
29751 \f
29752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21788 61018 643424
29753 ;;;;;; 911000))
29754 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29755
29756 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29757 Name of the monotone directory.")
29758
29759 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29760 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29761 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29762 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29763 (progn
29764 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29765 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29766
29767 ;;;***
29768 \f
29769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21788 61018 643424
29770 ;;;;;; 911000))
29771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29772
29773 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29774 Where to look for RCS master files.
29775 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29776
29777 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29778
29779 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29780
29781 ;;;***
29782 \f
29783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21788 61018 643424
29784 ;;;;;; 911000))
29785 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29786
29787 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29788 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29789 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29790
29791 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29792
29793 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29794
29795 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29796 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29797 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29798 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29799
29800 ;;;***
29801 \f
29802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21788 61018 645424
29803 ;;;;;; 912000))
29804 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29805 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29806 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29807 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29808 "_svn")
29809 (t ".svn"))))
29810 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29811 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29812 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29813
29814 ;;;***
29815 \f
29816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21788
29817 ;;;;;; 61018 603424 889000))
29818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29819 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29820 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29821
29822 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29823 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29824
29825 Usage:
29826 ------
29827
29828 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29829 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29830 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29831 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29832
29833 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29834 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29835 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29836 completions.
29837
29838 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29839 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29840
29841 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29842 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29843
29844 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29845 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29846 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29847
29848 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29849
29850
29851 Maintenance:
29852 ------------
29853
29854 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29855 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29856
29857 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29858
29859 Official distribution is at
29860 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29861
29862
29863 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29864 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29865
29866 Key bindings:
29867 -------------
29868
29869 \\{vera-mode-map}
29870
29871 \(fn)" t nil)
29872
29873 ;;;***
29874 \f
29875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29876 ;;;;;; (21788 61018 605424 890000))
29877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29878
29879 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29880 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29881 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29882 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29883 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29884
29885 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29886
29887 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29888 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29889
29890 Supports highlighting.
29891
29892 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29893 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29894
29895 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29896
29897 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29898 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29899 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29900 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29901 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29902 on the left side of your screen.
29903 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29904 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29905 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29906 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29907 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29908 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29909 function keyword.
29910 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29911 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29912 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29913 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29914 if (a)
29915 begin
29916 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29917 Indentation for case statements.
29918 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29919 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29920 mark after an end.
29921 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29922 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29923 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29924 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29925 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29926 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29927 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29928 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29929 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29930 if (a)
29931 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29932 otherwise you get:
29933 if (a)
29934 begin
29935 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29936 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29937 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29938 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29939 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29940 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29941 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29942 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29943 comments in tight quarters.
29944 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29945 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29946
29947 Variables controlling other actions:
29948
29949 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29950 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29951 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29952
29953 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29954
29955 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29956
29957 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29958 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29959 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29960
29961 Some other functions are:
29962
29963 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29964 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29965 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29966 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29967 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29968
29969 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29970 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29971 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29972 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29973
29974 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30005
30006 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30007 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30008
30009 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30010
30011 \(fn)" t nil)
30012
30013 ;;;***
30014 \f
30015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21788
30016 ;;;;;; 61018 608424 891000))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30018
30019 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30020 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30021
30022 Usage:
30023 ------
30024
30025 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30026 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30027 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30028 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30029 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30030 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30031 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30032 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30033 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30034
30035 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30036 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30037 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30038 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30039
30040 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30041 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30042 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30043 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30044 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30045
30046 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30047 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30048
30049
30050 HEADER INSERTION:
30051 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30052 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30053 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30054
30055
30056 STUTTERING:
30057 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30058 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30059 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30060 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30061
30062 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30063 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30064 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30065 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30066 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30067
30068
30069 WORD COMPLETION:
30070 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30071 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30072 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30073 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30074
30075 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30076 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30077 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30078 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30079 beginning with \"std\").
30080
30081 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30082 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30083 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30084 stop.
30085
30086
30087 COMMENTS:
30088 `--' puts a single comment.
30089 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30090 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30091 with a comment in between.
30092 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30093 out following lines.
30094 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30095 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30096 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30097 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30098
30099 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30100 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30101 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30102 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30103 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30104 non-nil.
30105
30106 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30107 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30108 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30109 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30110 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30111 multi-line comments.
30112
30113
30114 INDENTATION:
30115 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30116 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30117 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30118 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30119 the entire region.
30120
30121 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30122 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30123 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30124 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30125
30126 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30127 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30128 and vice versa.
30129
30130 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30131 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30132
30133 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30134 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30135 line.
30136
30137
30138 ALIGNMENT:
30139 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30140 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30141 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30142 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30143 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30144 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30145 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30146 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30147
30148 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30149 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30150 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30151 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30152 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30153 is non-nil.
30154
30155 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30156 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30157 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30158
30159 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30160 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30161
30162
30163 CODE FILLING:
30164 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30165 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30166 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30167 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30168 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30169 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30170
30171
30172 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30173 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30174 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30175 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30176 command:
30177
30178 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30179
30180
30181 PORT TRANSLATION:
30182 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30183 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30184 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30185 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30186 internal signal initializations (menu).
30187
30188 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30189 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30190 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30191
30192 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30193 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30194 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30195 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30196 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30197 in subsequent paste operations.)
30198
30199 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30200 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30201 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30202
30203
30204 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30205 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30206 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30207 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30208 association list with formals).
30209
30210
30211 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30212 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30213 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30214 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30215 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30216 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30217 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30218 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30219 `vhdl-testbench'.
30220
30221
30222 KEY BINDINGS:
30223 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30224
30225
30226 VHDL MENU:
30227 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30228
30229
30230 FILE BROWSER:
30231 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30232 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30233 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30234
30235 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30236 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30237
30238
30239 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30240 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30241 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30242 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30243
30244 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30245 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30246 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30247
30248 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30249 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30250 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30251 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30252
30253 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30254 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30255 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30256 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30257 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30258
30259 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30260 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30261 required by secondary units.
30262
30263
30264 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30265 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30266 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30267 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30268 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30269 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30270 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30271 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30272 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30273 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30274 inputs to this component -> input port created
30275 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30276 outputs from this component -> output port created
30277 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30278 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30279
30280 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30281 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30282 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30283 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30284 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30285
30286 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30287 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30288
30289 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30290 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30291 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30292 component instantiation is also supported (option
30293 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30294
30295 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30296 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30297 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30298 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30299 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30300 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30301 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30302 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30303 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30304 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30305 generating the configuration.
30306
30307 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30308 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30309 configurations in speedbar.
30310
30311 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30312
30313
30314 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30315 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30316 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30317 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30318 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30319 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30320 information. New compilers can be added.
30321
30322 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30323 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30324
30325
30326 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30327 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30328 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30329 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30330 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30331
30332 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30333 command:
30334
30335 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30336 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30337 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30338
30339 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30340 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30341 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30342 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30343 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30344 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30345 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30346 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30347 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30348
30349 Limitations:
30350 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30351 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30352 not (yet) supported.
30353 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30354 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30355 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30356
30357
30358 PROJECTS:
30359 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30360 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30361 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30362 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30363 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30364 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30365 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30366 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30367
30368 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30369 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30370 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30371 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30372 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30373 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30374 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30375 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30376 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30377 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30378 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30379
30380
30381 SPECIAL MENUES:
30382 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30383 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30384 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30385 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30386 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30387 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30388 current directory for VHDL source files.
30389
30390
30391 VHDL STANDARDS:
30392 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30393 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30394
30395
30396 KEYWORD CASE:
30397 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30398 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30399 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30400 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30401 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30402 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30403 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30404 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30405
30406
30407 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30408 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30409 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30410 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30411 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30412 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30413 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30414
30415 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30416 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30417 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30418 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30419 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30420 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30421
30422 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30423 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30424 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30425 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30426 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30427 visually.
30428
30429 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30430 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30431 highlighted if written in lower case.
30432
30433 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30434 highlighted using a different background color if option
30435 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30436
30437 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30438 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30439 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30440 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30441 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30442
30443
30444 USER MODELS:
30445 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30446 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30447 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30448
30449
30450 HIDE/SHOW:
30451 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30452 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30453 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30454 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30455 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30456
30457
30458 CODE UPDATING:
30459 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30460 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30461 Limitations:
30462 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30463 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30464 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30465 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30466 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30467 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30468 (used to obtain the port names).
30469 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30470 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30471 sensitivity lists.
30472
30473
30474 CODE FIXING:
30475 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30476 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30477
30478
30479 PRINTING:
30480 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30481 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30482 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30483 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30484 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30485 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30486 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30487 printers.
30488
30489
30490 OPTIONS:
30491 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30492 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30493 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30494 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30495 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30496
30497 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30498 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30499 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30500 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30501 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30502 INSTALL file).
30503
30504 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30505 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30506
30507
30508 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30509 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30510 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30511 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30512
30513 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30514
30515
30516 HINTS:
30517 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30518 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30519
30520 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30521
30522 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30523
30524 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30525
30526
30527 RELEASE NOTES:
30528 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30529
30530
30531 Maintenance:
30532 ------------
30533
30534 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30535 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30536
30537 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30538
30539 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30540 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30541 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30542 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30543
30544 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30545 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30546 where the latest version can be found.
30547
30548
30549 Known problems:
30550 ---------------
30551
30552 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30553 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30554 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30555 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30556
30557
30558 The VHDL Mode Authors
30559 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30560
30561 Key bindings:
30562 -------------
30563
30564 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30565
30566 \(fn)" t nil)
30567
30568 ;;;***
30569 \f
30570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21710
30571 ;;;;;; 25077 591662 855000))
30572 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30573
30574 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30575 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30576
30577 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30578
30579 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30580 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30581 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30582 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30583
30584 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30585
30586 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30587 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30588
30589 \(fn)" t nil)
30590
30591 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30592 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30593 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30594 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30595
30596 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30597
30598 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30599 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30600
30601 \(fn)" t nil)
30602
30603 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30604
30605
30606 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30607
30608 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30609
30610
30611 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30612
30613 ;;;***
30614 \f
30615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21710 25077 747662 160000))
30616 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30617
30618 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30619 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30620 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30621
30622 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30623
30624 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30625 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30626 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30627 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30628
30629 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30630
30631 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30632 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30633
30634 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30635
30636 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30637 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30638 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30639 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30640 moving around in the buffer.
30641 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30642 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30643
30644 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30645
30646 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30647
30648 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30649 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30650 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30651 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30652
30653 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30654 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30655 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30656 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30657 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30658
30659 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30660
30661 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30662
30663 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30664 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30665 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30666 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30667 buffer.
30668
30669 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30670 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30671 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30672 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30673 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30674
30675 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30676
30677 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30678
30679 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30680 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30681 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30682 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30683 moving around in the buffer.
30684 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30685 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30686
30687 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30688
30689 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30690 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30691 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30692
30693 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30694 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30695 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30696 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30697
30698 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30699 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30700 own View-like bindings.
30701
30702 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30703
30704 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30705 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30706 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30707 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30708 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30709 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30710 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30711
30712 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30713
30714 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30715
30716 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30717 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30718 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30719
30720 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30721 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30722 own View-like bindings.
30723
30724 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30725
30726 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30727 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30728 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30729 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30730 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30731 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30732 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30733
30734 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30735
30736 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30737
30738 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30739 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30740 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30741
30742 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30743 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30744 own View-like bindings.
30745
30746 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30747
30748 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30749 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30750 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30751 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30752 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30753
30754 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30755 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30756 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30757 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30758
30759 \\<view-mode-map>
30760
30761 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30762 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30763 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30764 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30765 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30766 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30767 to a repeat count of one.
30768
30769 H, h, ? This message.
30770 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30771 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30772 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30773 > move to the end of buffer.
30774 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30775 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30776 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30777 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30778 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30779 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30780 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30781 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30782 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30783 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30784 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30785 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30786 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30787 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30788 Use this to view a changing file.
30789 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30790 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30791 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30792 . set the mark.
30793 x exchanges point and mark.
30794 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30795 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30796 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30797 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30798 ' go to position saved in character register.
30799 s do forward incremental search.
30800 r do reverse incremental search.
30801 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30802 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30803 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30804 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30805 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30806 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30807 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30808 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30809 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30810 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30811 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30812 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30813 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30814 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30815 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30816 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30817 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30818
30819 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30820 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30821 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30822 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30823 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30824 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30825 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30826 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30827 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30828
30829 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30830
30831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30832
30833 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30834 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30835 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30836 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30837 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30838 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30839 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30840 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30841 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30842
30843 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30844
30845 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30846
30847 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30848 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30849 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30850 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30851 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30852 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30853
30854 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30855 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30856 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30857
30858 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30859
30860 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30861
30862 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30863
30864 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30865 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30866
30867 \(fn)" t nil)
30868
30869 ;;;***
30870 \f
30871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21710 25077 525663
30872 ;;;;;; 150000))
30873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30874 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30875
30876 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30877 Toggle Viper on/off.
30878 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30879
30880 \(fn)" t nil)
30881
30882 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30883 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30884
30885 \(fn)" t nil)
30886
30887 ;;;***
30888 \f
30889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21710
30890 ;;;;;; 25077 521663 168000))
30891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30892
30893 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30894 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30895 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30896 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30897 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30898 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30899 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30900 the beginning of the warning.")
30901
30902 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30903 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30904 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30905 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30906 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30907 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30908 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30909 also call that function before the next warning.")
30910
30911 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30912 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30913
30914 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30915 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30916 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30917 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30918
30919 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30920 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30921 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30922 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30923 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30924 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30925
30926 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30927 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30928 Default is :warning.
30929
30930 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30931 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30932 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30933 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30934 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30935 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30936
30937 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30938 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30939 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30940
30941 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30942
30943 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30944 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30945
30946 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30947
30948 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30949 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30950 \\<special-mode-map>
30951 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30952 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30953
30954 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30955 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30956 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30957 can be whatever you like.)
30958
30959 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30960 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30961
30962 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30963 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30964 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30965 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30966 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30967
30968 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30969
30970 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30971 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30972 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30973 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30974 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30975
30976 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30977
30978 ;;;***
30979 \f
30980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21710 25077 747662 160000))
30981 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30982 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30983
30984 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30985 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30986 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30987 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30988 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30989 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30990 directories to reflect your edits.
30991
30992 See `wdired-mode'.
30993
30994 \(fn)" t nil)
30995
30996 ;;;***
30997 \f
30998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21710 25077 632662
30999 ;;;;;; 673000))
31000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31001
31002 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31003 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31004
31005 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31006 hotlist.
31007
31008 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31009 <nwv@acm.org>.
31010
31011 \(fn)" t nil)
31012
31013 ;;;***
31014 \f
31015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21788
31016 ;;;;;; 61018 609424 892000))
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31018 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31019 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31020
31021 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31022
31023 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31024 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31025 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31027 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31028 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31029
31030 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31031
31032 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31033 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31035 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31036 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31037
31038 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31039 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31040 in certain major modes.
31041
31042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31043
31044 ;;;***
31045 \f
31046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21788 61018 646424
31047 ;;;;;; 913000))
31048 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31049 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31050
31051 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31052 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31054 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31055 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31056
31057 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31058 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31059
31060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31061
31062 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31063 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31065 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31066 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31067
31068 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31069 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31070 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31071 use `whitespace-mode'.
31072
31073 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31074
31075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31076
31077 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31078 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31079 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31082 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31083
31084 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31085
31086 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31087 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31089 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31090 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31091
31092 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31093 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31094
31095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31096
31097 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31098 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31099 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31102 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31103
31104 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31105
31106 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31107 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31109 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31110 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31111
31112 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31113 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31114 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31115 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31116
31117 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31118
31119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31120
31121 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31122 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31123
31124 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31125 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31126
31127 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31128 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31129
31130 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31131
31132 CHAR MEANING
31133 (VIA FACES)
31134 f toggle face visualization
31135 t toggle TAB visualization
31136 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31137 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31138 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31139 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31140 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31141 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31142 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31143 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31144 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31145 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31146 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31147 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31148 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31149 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31150 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31151
31152 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31153 T toggle TAB visualization
31154 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31155 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31156
31157 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31158 ? display brief help
31159
31160 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31161 The valid symbols are:
31162
31163 face toggle face visualization
31164 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31165 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31166 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31167 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31168 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31169 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31170 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31171 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31172 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31173 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31174 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31175 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31176 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31177 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31178 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31179 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31180
31181 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31182 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31183 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31184
31185 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31186
31187 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31188
31189 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31190
31191 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31192 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31193
31194 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31195 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31196
31197 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31198 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31199
31200 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31201
31202 CHAR MEANING
31203 (VIA FACES)
31204 f toggle face visualization
31205 t toggle TAB visualization
31206 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31207 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31208 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31209 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31210 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31211 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31212 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31213 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31214 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31215 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31216 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31217 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31218 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31219 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31220 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31221
31222 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31223 T toggle TAB visualization
31224 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31225 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31226
31227 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31228 ? display brief help
31229
31230 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31231 The valid symbols are:
31232
31233 face toggle face visualization
31234 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31235 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31236 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31237 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31238 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31239 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31240 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31241 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31242 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31243 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31244 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31245 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31246 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31247 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31248 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31249 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31250
31251 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31252 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31253 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31254
31255 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31256
31257 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31258
31259 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31260
31261 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31262 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31263
31264 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31265 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31266 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31267 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31268 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31269
31270 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31271
31272 The problems cleaned up are:
31273
31274 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31275 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31276 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31277 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31278
31279 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31280 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31281 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31282 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31283 SPACEs.
31284 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31285 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31286 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31287 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31288
31289 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31290 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31291 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31292 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31293 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31294 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31295 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31296 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31297
31298 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31299 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31300 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31301
31302 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31303 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31304 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31305 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31306 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31307 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31308 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31309 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31310
31311 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31312 documentation.
31313
31314 \(fn)" t nil)
31315
31316 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31317 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31318
31319 The problems cleaned up are:
31320
31321 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31322 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31323 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31324 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31325 SPACEs.
31326 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31327 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31328 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31329 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31330
31331 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31332 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31333 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31334 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31335 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31336 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31337 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31338 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31339
31340 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31341 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31342 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31343
31344 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31345 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31346 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31347 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31348 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31349 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31350 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31351 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31352
31353 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31354 documentation.
31355
31356 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31357
31358 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31359 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31360
31361 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31362 non-nil.
31363
31364 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31365 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31366 `whitespace-style' to have:
31367
31368 empty
31369 trailing
31370 indentation
31371 space-before-tab
31372 space-after-tab
31373
31374 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31375 whitespace problems in buffer.
31376
31377 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31378
31379 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31380 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31381 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31382 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31383 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31384 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31385 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31386
31387 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31388 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31389 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31390 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31391 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31392 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31393 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31394
31395 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31396 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31397 cleaning up these problems.
31398
31399 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31400
31401 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31402 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31403
31404 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31405 non-nil.
31406
31407 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31408 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31409 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31410
31411 empty
31412 indentation
31413 space-before-tab
31414 trailing
31415 space-after-tab
31416
31417 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31418 whitespace problems in buffer.
31419
31420 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31421
31422 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31423 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31424 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31425 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31426 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31427 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31428 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31429
31430 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31431 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31432 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31433 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31434 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31435 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31436 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31437
31438 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31439 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31440 cleaning up these problems.
31441
31442 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31443
31444 ;;;***
31445 \f
31446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21710 25077 747662
31447 ;;;;;; 160000))
31448 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31449
31450 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31451 Browse the widget under point.
31452
31453 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31454
31455 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31456 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31457
31458 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31459
31460 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31461 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31462
31463 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31464
31465 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31466 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31468 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31469 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31470
31471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31472
31473 ;;;***
31474 \f
31475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21788 61018 647424
31476 ;;;;;; 914000))
31477 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31478
31479 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31480 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31481
31482 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31483
31484 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31485 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31486 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31487
31488 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31489
31490 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31491 Create widget of TYPE.
31492 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31493
31494 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31495
31496 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31497 Delete WIDGET.
31498
31499 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31500
31501 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31502 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31503
31504 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31505
31506 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31507 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31508 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31509 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31510
31511 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31512 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31513
31514 \(fn)" nil nil)
31515
31516 ;;;***
31517 \f
31518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21788 61018 647424
31519 ;;;;;; 914000))
31520 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31521
31522 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31523 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31524 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31525 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31526 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31527 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31528 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31529
31530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31531
31532 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31533 Select the window above the current one.
31534 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31535 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31536 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31537 negative ARG) of the current window.
31538 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31539
31540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31541
31542 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31543 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31544 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31545 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31546 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31547 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31548 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31549
31550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31551
31552 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31553 Select the window below the current one.
31554 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31555 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31556 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31557 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31558 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31559
31560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31561
31562 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31563 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31564 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31565 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31566
31567 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31568
31569 ;;;***
31570 \f
31571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21788 61018 648424 914000))
31572 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31573
31574 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31575 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31576 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31579 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31580
31581 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31582
31583 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31584 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31586 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31587 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31588 \\{winner-mode-map}
31589
31590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31591
31592 ;;;***
31593 \f
31594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21788 61018 649424 915000))
31595 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31596 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31597
31598 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31599 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31600 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31601 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31602 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31603
31604 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31605
31606 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31607 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31608 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31609 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31610 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31611 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31612 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31613 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31614
31615 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31616 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31617
31618 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31619
31620 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31621 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31622
31623 \(fn)" t nil)
31624
31625 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31626 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31627 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31628 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31629 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31630 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31631 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31632 `woman' command for further details.
31633
31634 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31635
31636 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31637 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31638
31639 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31640
31641 ;;;***
31642 \f
31643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21710 25077 751662 142000))
31644 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31645
31646 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31647 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31648 Return the top node with all its children.
31649 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31650
31651 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31652 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31653 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31654
31655 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31656
31657 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31658 namespace to URIs instead.
31659
31660 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31661 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31662
31663 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31664
31665 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31666
31667 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31668
31669 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31670 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31671 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31672 not contain well-formed XML.
31673
31674 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31675 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31676 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31677 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31678 element of the list.
31679 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31680 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31681 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31682
31683 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31684
31685 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31686 namespace to URIs instead.
31687
31688 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31689 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31690
31691 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31692
31693 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31694
31695 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31696
31697 ;;;***
31698 \f
31699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21710 25077 636662
31700 ;;;;;; 655000))
31701 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31702
31703 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31704 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31705 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31706 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31707 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31708 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31709 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31710 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31711 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31712 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31713
31714 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31715
31716 ;;;***
31717 \f
31718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21788 61018 649424
31719 ;;;;;; 915000))
31720 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31721
31722 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31723 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31724 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31727 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31728
31729 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31730
31731 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31732 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31734 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31735 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31736
31737 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31738 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31739 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31740 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31741 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31742 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31743
31744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31745
31746 ;;;***
31747 \f
31748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21710 25077 573662 936000))
31749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31750
31751 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31752 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31753
31754 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31755
31756 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31757 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31758
31759 \(fn)" nil nil)
31760
31761 ;;;***
31762 \f
31763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21710 25077 673662 490000))
31764 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31765
31766 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31767 Zone out, completely.
31768
31769 \(fn)" t nil)
31770
31771 ;;;***
31772 \f
31773 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21793 9339 497325
31990 ;;;;;; 252000))
31991
31992 ;;;***
31993 \f
31994 (provide 'loaddefs)
31995 ;; Local Variables:
31996 ;; version-control: never
31997 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31998 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31999 ;; coding: utf-8
32000 ;; End:
32001 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here